WO2022028509A1 - Self-balancing vehicle - Google Patents

Self-balancing vehicle Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022028509A1
WO2022028509A1 PCT/CN2021/110757 CN2021110757W WO2022028509A1 WO 2022028509 A1 WO2022028509 A1 WO 2022028509A1 CN 2021110757 W CN2021110757 W CN 2021110757W WO 2022028509 A1 WO2022028509 A1 WO 2022028509A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
shell
pedal
hole
axle
vehicle body
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/110757
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
臧传美
Original Assignee
浙江阿尔郎科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 浙江阿尔郎科技有限公司 filed Critical 浙江阿尔郎科技有限公司
Publication of WO2022028509A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022028509A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62KCYCLES; CYCLE FRAMES; CYCLE STEERING DEVICES; RIDER-OPERATED TERMINAL CONTROLS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR CYCLES; CYCLE AXLE SUSPENSIONS; CYCLE SIDE-CARS, FORECARS, OR THE LIKE
    • B62K11/00Motorcycles, engine-assisted cycles or motor scooters with one or two wheels
    • B62K11/007Automatic balancing machines with single main ground engaging wheel or coaxial wheels supporting a rider
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B62LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
    • B62KCYCLES; CYCLE FRAMES; CYCLE STEERING DEVICES; RIDER-OPERATED TERMINAL CONTROLS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR CYCLES; CYCLE AXLE SUSPENSIONS; CYCLE SIDE-CARS, FORECARS, OR THE LIKE
    • B62K11/00Motorcycles, engine-assisted cycles or motor scooters with one or two wheels
    • B62K11/02Frames

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the technical field of balancing vehicles, in particular to a balancing vehicle.
  • the operation principle of the electric balance car is mainly based on a basic principle called "dynamic stability". It uses the gyroscope and acceleration sensor inside the car body to detect the change of the car body attitude, and uses the servo control system. The drive axles are adjusted accordingly to keep the system balanced. It is a new type of green and environmentally friendly product that modern people use as a means of transportation, leisure and entertainment.
  • Electric balance cars mainly include two types: one-wheel and two-wheel. Among them, two-wheel balance cars have a higher safety factor and are more suitable for travel.
  • the general two-wheeled balance car adopts the structure of the left and right sides. At the same time, the left and right sides of the car body include an upper cover and a lower cover.
  • the purpose of the present invention is to provide a balance vehicle, which is beneficial to maintain the balance of the vehicle body, has stronger stability of the whole vehicle, and is safer to use.
  • a balance car includes a first car body and a second car body, the first car body includes a first upper shell, a first lower shell and a first component group, the second car body includes a second upper shell, A middle shell, a second lower shell, and a second component group, the middle shell is disposed between the second upper shell and the second lower shell, and the middle shell makes the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body
  • the weight of the body is basically balanced.
  • the first component group includes a battery pack
  • the battery assembly is disposed on the first upper case, a battery positioning post is disposed on the first upper case, and the battery assembly is fixed to the first upper case through the battery positioning post; or, the The battery assembly is arranged on the first lower case, a battery positioning post is arranged on the first lower case, and the battery assembly is fixed to the first lower case through the battery positioning post.
  • the battery positioning column includes a battery pre-positioning column and a battery locking column, and a pre-positioning slot and a locking hole are correspondingly provided on the outer wall of the battery assembly; and/or
  • the battery positioning posts include two groups, and the two sets of battery positioning posts are symmetrically arranged on the first upper case or the first lower case.
  • the middle case is connected with the second upper case; and/or the middle case is connected with the second lower case.
  • a first connection structure is provided on the middle case
  • a second connection structure is correspondingly provided on the second upper case
  • the first connection structure and the second connection structure cooperate so that the middle case and the The second upper shell is connected
  • the first connecting structure and the second connecting structure are any combination of connecting holes or connecting posts;
  • a third connection structure is arranged on the middle shell, and a fourth connection structure is correspondingly arranged on the second lower shell.
  • the third connection structure and the fourth connection structure cooperate so that the middle shell and the second lower shell cooperate Shell connection, the third connection structure and the fourth connection structure are any combination of connection holes or connection posts.
  • the middle case when the middle case is connected to the second upper case, there are two first connection structures, two of the first connection structures are symmetrically arranged on the middle case, and/or two of the first connection structures are arranged symmetrically on the middle case.
  • the connecting line of the first connecting structure is perpendicular to the horizontal line;
  • the middle case When the middle case is connected to the second lower case, there are two third connection structures, two of the third connection structures are symmetrically arranged on the middle case, and/or two of the third connection structures
  • the connecting lines connecting the structures are perpendicular to the horizontal lines.
  • the lower part of the second upper case is provided with a receiving part
  • the middle case is placed in the receiving part
  • the lower surface of the receiving part is in contact with the upper surface of the middle case
  • An accommodating portion is arranged on the upper side of the second lower shell, and the middle shell is arranged in the accommodating portion;
  • the lower side of the second upper shell and the upper side of the second lower shell together form a accommodating portion, the middle shell is arranged in the accommodating portion, and the upper surface of the middle shell and the lower surface of the second upper shell surface contact.
  • the thickness of the middle shell is greater than the thickness of the second upper shell; and/or, the middle shell is provided with a middle shell reinforcing rib.
  • a fifth connecting structure is provided on the second upper shell
  • a sixth connecting structure is correspondingly provided on the second lower shell
  • the fifth connecting structure and the sixth connecting structure cooperate so that the second upper shell the shell is connected to the second lower shell
  • the fifth connecting structure and the sixth connecting structure are any combination of connecting holes or connecting posts
  • the first upper case is provided with a seventh connection structure
  • the first lower case is provided with an eighth connection structure correspondingly
  • the seventh connection structure and the eighth connection structure cooperate so that the first upper case and the The first lower shell is connected
  • the seventh connection structure and the eighth connection structure are any combination of connection holes or connection posts.
  • the upper surface of the second upper shell and the upper surface of the first upper shell are on the same level.
  • the first component group includes a first wheel
  • the second component group includes a second wheel
  • the first wheel is disposed on the outer end of the first upper shell away from the middle shell
  • the second wheel is disposed on the outer end of the middle shell away from the first upper shell.
  • the second wheel includes a second axle, a first wheel baffle is provided on a side of the second upper shell close to the second wheel, and a side of the second lower shell close to the second wheel is provided There is a second wheel baffle, the first wheel baffle and the second wheel baffle are arranged correspondingly to form a seal for the second axle, and the middle shell is arranged close to the outer end of the second wheel and the second wheel baffle. Either the first wheel guard or the second wheel guard abuts to position the mid-shell; and/or
  • the first wheel includes a first axle, the side of the first upper shell close to the first wheel is provided with a third wheel baffle, and the side of the first lower shell close to the first wheel is provided with a fourth wheel baffle.
  • the wheel baffle, the third wheel baffle and the fourth wheel baffle are arranged correspondingly to form a seal for the first axle.
  • the first component group further includes a first mudguard, the first mudguard is arranged on the outer side of the first upper shell and is located above the first wheel, the first mudguard
  • the plate and the first upper shell are integral structures; and/or
  • the second component group further includes a second fender, the second fender is arranged on the outer side of the second upper shell and is located above the second wheel, the second fender and all the The second upper shell is an integral structure.
  • the first component group includes a first pedal
  • the second component group includes a second pedal
  • the first pedal is arranged on the first upper shell
  • the second pedal is arranged on the first pedal on the upper shell or the middle shell
  • the structure of the first pedal is as follows: an integrated pedal, or consisting of a pedal leather and a pedal pad;
  • the structure of the second pedal is as follows: an integrated pedal, or composed of a pedal skin and a pedal pad.
  • the first upper shell is provided with a first pedal installation hole, and the first pedal is disposed on the first upper shell through the first pedal installation hole;
  • the second upper shell is provided with a first installation hole for a second pedal
  • the second pedal includes an movable connection fixing column
  • the movable connection fixing column is matched and connected with the first installation hole of the second pedal.
  • a second installation hole of the second pedal is provided on the middle shell; the movable connection fixing column is connected with the first installation hole of the second pedal and the second The second mounting hole of the pedal is matched, so that the second pedal is movably fixed on the second upper shell.
  • the second upper shell is provided with a through hole
  • the middle shell is provided with a second mounting hole for the second pedal
  • the second pedal includes an movable connection fixing column; the movable connection fixing column passes through the through hole.
  • the hole is matched with the second mounting hole of the second pedal, so that the second pedal is movably fixed on the middle shell.
  • the second component group further includes a second photoelectric switch, and the second photoelectric switch is disposed on the lower side of the middle shell; the second pedal includes a contact, and the middle shell is provided with a contact passing through.
  • the second pedal When the second pedal is arranged on the second upper shell, a contact hole is arranged on the second upper shell, and the contact passes through the contact hole, the contact through hole and the second upper shell.
  • the photoelectric switch is matched; when the second pedal is arranged on the middle shell, the contact is matched with the second photoelectric switch through the contact through hole; a spring is arranged in the contact through hole, so that the second pedal Can bounce back.
  • the second component group further includes a second photoelectric switch, and the second photoelectric switch is arranged on the second upper casing and is located below the second pedal;
  • the second upper casing is provided with a an installation groove for installing the second photoelectric switch, and the second photoelectric switch is placed in the installation groove;
  • the second pedal includes a contact, and the contact is arranged corresponding to the second photoelectric switch;
  • the The middle shell is provided with a movable mounting hole
  • the second upper shell is provided with a contact hole
  • the contact hole corresponds to the movable mounting hole, and the second pedal further includes a contact post, which is connected to the contact post.
  • the movable mounting hole is adapted to fit, and a spring is arranged in the movable mounting hole, so that the second pedal can rebound.
  • a second axle mounting seat is provided on the lower side of the middle shell, or a second axle mounting seat is provided on the lower side of the second upper shell, or a second axle mounting seat is provided on the second lower shell;
  • the second axle mounting seat includes a second axle pressing piece fixing hole and a second axle mounting slot;
  • the second axle pressing piece fixing hole includes two groups, and the two sets of the second axle pressing piece fixing hole are symmetrically arranged on the second axle pressing piece fixing hole. Both sides of the axle mounting slot; and/or
  • a first axle mounting seat is arranged on the lower side of the first upper shell, or, a first axle mounting seat is arranged on the first lower shell;
  • the first axle mounting seat includes a first axle pressing plate fixing hole and a first axle An installation groove;
  • the first axle pressing piece fixing holes include two groups, and the two sets of the first axle pressing piece fixing holes are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the first axle installation groove.
  • a second control board connecting column is arranged on the lower side of the middle shell, or a second control board connecting column is arranged on the lower side of the second upper shell; the second control board connecting column includes two groups, and the two groups of the The second control panel connecting posts are respectively located on both sides of the second axle mounting seat; and/or
  • the lower side of the first upper shell is provided with a first control board connecting column; the first control board connecting column includes two groups, and the two groups of the first control board connecting column are respectively arranged on two sides of the first axle mounting seat. side.
  • the balance car further includes a rotating mechanism, one end of the rotating mechanism is arranged in the first vehicle body, and the other end is arranged in the second vehicle body, so that the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body can rotate relative to each other.
  • the first end of the rotating mechanism is fixedly arranged between the first upper shell and the first lower shell;
  • the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed between the middle shell and the second lower shell, and a limiting mechanism is provided on the middle shell and/or on the second lower shell;
  • the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed in the middle shell, the middle shell is provided with a cylindrical portion at a corresponding position, and the rotating mechanism can rotate in the cylindrical portion;
  • the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed in the second lower casing, a cylindrical portion is provided at a corresponding position of the second lower casing, and the rotating mechanism can rotate in the cylindrical portion;
  • the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably sandwiched between the second upper shell and the second lower shell, and a limit is set on the second upper shell and/or the second lower shell mechanism.
  • a first sleeve is provided in the cylindrical portion, and the rotating mechanism can rotate in the first sleeve.
  • the middle casing is provided with a rotating upper connecting groove
  • the second lower casing corresponds to the second lower casing.
  • a rotating lower connecting groove is arranged at the position of the rotating upper connecting groove, and the rotating mechanism is rotatably arranged between the rotating upper connecting groove and the rotating lower connecting groove;
  • a limit block installation groove is set in the lower rotating connecting groove, and/or a limit block installation groove is set in the rotating upper connecting groove;
  • An indicator light board mounting post is arranged in the upper connecting groove of the rotation
  • a first indicator hole is arranged in the upper rotating connecting groove, corresponding to the position of the first indicator hole, and a second indicator hole is arranged on the second upper shell, corresponding to the position of the second indicator hole, An indicator light cover is arranged on the second upper shell.
  • the balance car further includes a bearing; a limit groove is provided in the upper rotation connecting groove and the lower connecting groove, and the bearing is arranged between the limit grooves and rotates in cooperation with the rotating mechanism.
  • the balance car further includes a second sleeve; a sleeve installation groove is provided in the upper rotating connecting groove, and the second sleeve is arranged in the sleeve installation groove and rotates in cooperation with the rotating mechanism.
  • an end of the first upper casing close to the second upper casing is provided with a rotating mechanism upper fixing groove
  • an end of the first lower casing close to the second lower casing is provided with a rotating mechanism lower fixing groove
  • the rotating mechanism is fixed between the upper fixing groove of the rotating mechanism and the lower fixing groove of the rotating mechanism;
  • One end of the first upper casing close to the second upper casing is provided with a rotating mechanism fixing column, and the rotating mechanism is fixed between the first upper casing and the first lower casing through the rotating mechanism fixing column.
  • the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body, and the first end is rotatably disposed in the first vehicle body;
  • the rotating mechanism includes a rotating shaft, one end of the rotating shaft is connected to the The first vehicle body is connected, and the other end is connected to the second vehicle body; the rotating shaft rotates relative to the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body;
  • a limiting mechanism is provided at the position of the body or the second body and the position corresponding to the limiting portion;
  • the first upper shell and the middle shell are provided with rotating upper connecting grooves
  • the first lower shell and the second lower shell are provided with rotating lower connecting grooves at positions corresponding to the rotating upper connecting grooves
  • the Bearings are sleeved at both ends of the rotating shaft, and corresponding bearing installation grooves are provided on the rotating upper connecting groove and the rotating lower connecting groove;
  • the first upper shell and the second upper shell are provided with rotating upper connecting grooves
  • the first lower shell and the second lower shell are provided with rotating lower connecting grooves at positions corresponding to the rotating upper connecting grooves
  • Bearings are sleeved at both ends of the rotating shaft, and corresponding bearing installation grooves are provided on the rotating upper connecting groove and the rotating lower connecting groove;
  • the first upper shell or the first lower shell is provided with a third sleeve
  • the second upper shell or the middle shell or the second lower shell is provided with a first sleeve
  • one end of the rotating shaft is rotatably arranged on the third sleeve.
  • the other end is rotatably arranged in the first sleeve.
  • the first component group includes a first control board
  • the second component group includes a second control board
  • the first control board is disposed between the first upper shell and the first lower shell
  • the second control board is arranged between the middle shell and the second lower shell
  • the first control board is fixedly connected with the first upper shell or the first lower shell
  • the second control board The plate is fixedly connected with the second upper shell or the middle shell or the second lower shell.
  • the second component group includes a horn; a horn installation groove is provided in the second lower shell, and the horn is arranged in the horn installation groove.
  • the balance car further includes a main switch, a main switch installation hole is provided inside the second lower shell, and the main switch is arranged in the main switch installation hole.
  • the balance scooter further includes a handle; the handle is provided at the connection between the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body; the handle includes a first part and a second part provided separately, the first part , the second part and the first body and the second body form a handle cavity.
  • the balance car of the present invention utilizes the middle shell to basically balance the weights of the first car body and the second car body, so that the stability of the overall structure of the balance car is improved, the user's operation is convenient, and the structural strength of the second car body is also enhanced. Avoid affecting the service life of the balance car.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a self-balancing vehicle according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which a middle shell is arranged in the second vehicle body, an embodiment in which a battery assembly is arranged in the first vehicle body, and an embodiment in which a battery assembly is arranged in the first vehicle body.
  • Fig. 2 is the exploded structure schematic diagram of another angle of the balance car of the embodiment in Fig. 1;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the self-balancing vehicle of the embodiment in FIG. 1 , which shows an embodiment in which the battery assembly is connected to the first upper shell;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in FIG. 1 from another angle, which shows an embodiment in which the second axle mounting seat is located on the middle shell, and shows that the second end of the rotating mechanism is located in the middle shell and the second
  • the embodiment between the lower shells also shows the embodiment in which the second pedal is arranged on the second upper shell;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a self-balancing vehicle according to another embodiment of the present invention, showing an embodiment in which the second end of the rotating mechanism is located in the cylindrical portion of the middle shell;
  • Fig. 6 is the sectional structure schematic diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in Fig. 5;
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a balance car according to another embodiment of the present invention, showing an embodiment in which the second end of the rotating mechanism is located in the cylindrical portion of the second lower shell;
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a self-balancing vehicle according to another embodiment of the present invention, showing an embodiment in which the second end of the rotating mechanism is located between the second upper shell and the second lower shell;
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car in FIG. 9 , showing an embodiment in which the second axle mounting seat is arranged on the second upper shell;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an explosion structure of a balance car according to another embodiment of the present invention, showing an embodiment in which the second pedal is arranged on the middle shell;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in FIG. 11;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a balance car according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows another embodiment in which the second axle mounting seat is located on the middle shell, and shows that the second end of the rotating mechanism is located in the middle shell and the second Embodiments between the lower shells;
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the self-balancing vehicle of the embodiment in Fig. 13, which shows an embodiment in which the contact through holes are arranged on the second upper shell;
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a balance car according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the first end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably arranged in the first vehicle body, and the second end is rotatably arranged in the second vehicle body;
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in FIG. 15;
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a balance car according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the photoelectric switch is arranged on the first upper shell, and also shows that when the second pedal is arranged on the middle shell, the photoelectric switch is arranged Embodiment on the mid-shell;
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in FIG. 17;
  • Fig. 19 is the exploded structure schematic diagram of the balance car of another embodiment of the present invention, and it shows the embodiment when the photoelectric switch is arranged on the first upper casing, and also shows the embodiment when the photoelectric switch is arranged on the second upper casing;
  • Fig. 20 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in Fig. 19;
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle shell according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which a contact through hole is arranged on the middle shell, and an embodiment in which a second axle mounting seat is arranged on the middle shell;
  • Fig. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the middle shell of the embodiment in Fig. 21, and also shows the structure of the middle shell when the second end of the rotating mechanism is located between the middle shell and the second lower shell;
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which a cylindrical portion is arranged on the middle case;
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the middle case of the embodiment in FIG. 23;
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows the structure of the middle case when the second end of the rotating mechanism is disposed between the second upper case and the second lower case, and also shows the first The structure of the middle shell when the two axle mounting seats are arranged on the second upper shell;
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the middle case of the embodiment in FIG. 25;
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle shell according to another embodiment of the present invention, showing another embodiment in which the second axle mounting seat is located on the middle shell, and also showing that the contact through holes are arranged on the second upper shell The structure of the middle shell in the upper time;
  • Fig. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the middle case of the embodiment in Fig. 27;
  • 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a second upper casing according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the second upper casing is provided with a covering portion, and also shows an embodiment in which the second pedal is disposed on the second upper casing;
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of the second upper shell according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the indicator light board is arranged at a corresponding position of the second upper shell, and also shows the second pedal when the second pedal is directly connected to the middle shell.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of the second upper case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows the structure of the second upper case when the second end of the rotating mechanism is disposed between the second upper case and the second lower case, and also showing an embodiment in which the second axle mount is provided on the second upper shell;
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a second upper case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the second upper case is provided with a covering portion, and also shows that the contact through holes and the second control board connecting posts are arranged in the second upper case. the embodiment on the upper shell;
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a second lower case according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which a cylindrical portion is provided on the second lower case;
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of the second lower case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably connected to the second lower case, and also shows that the limiting mechanism is disposed on the second lower case. implementation of the above;
  • 35 is a schematic structural diagram of a second upper casing according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows the structure of the second upper casing when the photoelectric switch is arranged on the second upper casing;
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the second upper casing of the embodiment in FIG. 35;
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of a first upper casing according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows the structure of the first upper casing when the photoelectric switch is disposed on the first upper casing;
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows the structure of the middle case when the photoelectric switch is arranged on the middle case;
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the middle case of the embodiment in FIG. 38 .
  • 60 battery assembly; 601, battery box; 602, battery positioning column; 6021, battery pre-positioning column; 6022, battery locking column; 603, pre-positioning slot; 604, locking hole;
  • orientation words such as the terms “center”, “horizontal”, “longitudinal”, “length”, “width”, “thickness”, “upper”, “lower” , “Front”, “Back”, “Left”, “Right”, “Vertical”, “Horizontal”, “Top”, “Bottom”, “Inside”, “Outside”, “Clockwise”, “Counterclockwise” ” and the like indicating the orientation and positional relationship are based on the orientation or positional relationship shown in the accompanying drawings, which are only for the convenience of describing the present invention and simplifying the description, rather than indicating or implying that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation or a specific orientation. The structure and operation should not be construed as limiting the specific protection scope of the present invention.
  • first and second are only used for descriptive purposes, and should not be construed as indicating or implying relative importance or indicating the number of technical features.
  • definition of “first” and “second” features may expressly or implicitly include one or more of the features, and in the description of the present invention, “several” means two or more, unless otherwise There are clear and specific restrictions.
  • the terms “assembled”, “connected” and “connected” should be understood in a broad sense, for example, it may be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integrated It can be connected to the ground; it can also be a mechanical connection; it can be directly connected, or it can be connected through an intermediate medium, or the two components can be connected internally.
  • the specific meanings of the above terms in the present invention can be understood according to specific situations.
  • the balance car of the embodiment of the present invention will be clarified in the following description, wherein the middle shell located in the second body solves the problem of poor stability of the whole vehicle in the prior art, so that the The weights of the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body are basically balanced, the operation is more stable, and the running of the balance vehicle is safer.
  • the present invention designs a balance car, which includes a first car body 1 and a second car body 2 , and the first car body 1 includes a first upper shell 10 , a first lower shell 20 and a second car body 2 .
  • a component group the second vehicle body 2 includes a second upper shell 30, a middle shell 50, a second lower shell 40 and a second component group, the middle shell 50 is arranged between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40,
  • the middle shell 50 substantially balances the weights of the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 .
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the first vehicle body 1 may be the left vehicle body in the balance vehicle, and correspondingly, the second vehicle body 2 may be the right vehicle body in the balance vehicle; in some embodiments, the first vehicle body 1 may be the right vehicle body in the balance vehicle.
  • the vehicle body, correspondingly, the second vehicle body 2 is the left vehicle body in the balance vehicle. It is worth noting that the positions of the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 have no substantial impact on their structures, and can be used normally.
  • the middle shell 50 is arranged in the second vehicle body 2 with a lighter mass, so that the weights of the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are basically balanced, and the stability of the whole vehicle body is improved.
  • the heavier component in the balance vehicle is the battery assembly 60
  • the first component group includes the battery assembly 60
  • the battery assembly 60 has a larger volume
  • the first vehicle body 1 is a double-layer structure with relatively Large installation space
  • the battery assembly 60 is arranged in the first vehicle body 1, located below the first upper shell 10
  • the battery assembly 60 includes a battery box 601 and a battery
  • the battery is arranged in the battery box 601
  • the battery box 601 and the first upper The case 10 or the first lower case 20 is fixedly connected.
  • the battery box 601 is connected to the first upper shell 10 , and the first upper shell 10 is provided with a battery positioning column 602 ,
  • the battery box 601 is connected to the first upper case 10 through the battery positioning posts 602 .
  • the battery positioning column 602 includes a battery pre-positioning column 6021 and a battery locking column 6022.
  • the battery locking column 6022 is provided with a screw hole corresponding to the locking hole 604, and the outer wall of the battery assembly 60 is correspondingly provided with a pre-positioning slot 603 and a lock.
  • the battery pre-positioning column 6021 can be inserted into the pre-positioning slot 603 on the outer wall of the battery box 601, and the battery locking column 6022 is corresponding to the locking hole 604, and then the battery locking column is fixed with screws 6022 is locked and fixed with the locking hole 604, so as to realize the fixed connection between the battery box 601 and the battery positioning post 602.
  • the length of the battery and the positioning column is greater than the length of the battery locking column 6022 .
  • the battery positioning posts 602 include two groups, which are respectively arranged at the positions corresponding to the lower surface of the first upper case 10 and the two sides of the battery box 601, as shown in the appendix. As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 , the battery positioning posts 602 are located on both sides of the battery box 601 , and correspondingly, the pre-positioning slots 603 and the locking holes 604 are also located on both sides of the battery box 601 . To ensure the force balance of the battery assembly 60 , two sets of battery positioning posts 602 are symmetrically arranged.
  • the battery positioning column 602 has a certain length and is larger than the movable connection fixing column 71 This prevents the movable connection fixing post 71 from being resisted by the battery assembly 60 when the first pedal 6 moves relative to the first upper shell 10 , which affects the normal movement of the first pedal 6 .
  • the battery assembly 60 is disposed on the first lower case 20 , the first lower case 20 is provided with a battery positioning post 602 , and the battery assembly 60 is fixed to the first lower case 20 through the battery positioning post 602 .
  • the battery positioning column 602 includes a battery pre-positioning column 6021 and a battery locking column 6022.
  • the battery locking column 6022 is provided with a screw hole corresponding to the locking hole 604, and the outer wall of the battery assembly 60 is correspondingly provided with a pre-positioning slot 603 and a lock. Tight hole 604.
  • the battery When installing, align the pre-positioning slot 603 with the battery pre-positioning post 6021, lower the battery box 601, and insert the battery pre-positioning post 6021 into the pre-positioning slot 603 on the outer wall of the battery case 601.
  • the battery locks
  • the locking posts 6022 correspond to the locking holes 604 , and then the battery locking posts 6022 and the locking holes 604 are locked and fixed with screws, thereby realizing the fixed connection between the battery box 601 and the battery positioning posts 602 .
  • the length of the battery and the positioning post is greater than the length of the battery locking post 6022 .
  • the battery positioning posts 602 include two groups, which are respectively arranged at positions corresponding to the lower surface of the first upper case 10 and the two sides of the battery box 601 .
  • the posts 602 are located on both sides of the battery box 601 , and correspondingly, the pre-positioning grooves 603 and the locking holes 604 are also located on both sides of the battery box 601 .
  • two sets of battery positioning posts 602 are symmetrically arranged.
  • both the first upper case 10 and the first lower case 20 are provided with battery positioning posts 602 , and the battery assembly 60 is connected and fixed with the first upper case 10 and the first lower case 20 at the same time, so as to obtain a more stable installation effect.
  • the specific structure of the battery positioning column 602 and the connection manner with the battery box 601 can be as described in the above embodiments.
  • the number of battery positioning posts 602 can be four groups, and the two groups located on the first upper case 10 are symmetrically arranged with each other, and the two groups located on the first lower case 20 are symmetrical with each other. set up.
  • the battery positioning posts 602 on the first upper shell 10 may be arranged corresponding to the battery positioning columns 602 on the first lower shell 20 , or may be arranged in a staggered position. If the first upper shell 10 is provided with the first pedal 6 and the first pedal 6 is movable relative to the first upper shell 10 through the movable connection fixing column 71 , the battery positioning column 602 has a certain length and is larger than the movable connection fixing column 71 This prevents the movable connection fixing post 71 from being resisted by the battery assembly 60 when the first pedal 6 moves relative to the first upper shell 10 , which affects the normal movement of the first pedal 6 .
  • the middle shell 50 is provided in the second vehicle body 2, which is a three-layer structure, and has a smaller installation space, but has higher structural strength and better load-bearing effect.
  • the installation and fixation of the middle shell 50 is important to the stability of the second vehicle body 2 and the entire balance vehicle.
  • the middle shell 50 can be connected with the second upper shell 30 alone, or with the second lower shell 40 alone, or with the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 at the same time.
  • a first connection structure 501 is provided on the middle case 50
  • a second connection structure 301 is correspondingly provided on the second upper case 30
  • the first connection structure 501 and the second connection structure 501 The connection structure 301 cooperates so that the middle case 50 is connected with the second upper case 30
  • the first connection structure 501 and the second connection structure 301 are any combination of connection holes or connection posts. More specifically, in the specific example shown in FIG. 21 and FIG.
  • the first connecting structure 501 is a connecting hole
  • the second connecting structure 301 is a connecting column
  • the connecting hole and the connecting column are correspondingly arranged
  • the screw passes through
  • the connecting hole is threadedly connected with the connecting post, so that the middle shell 50 and the second upper shell 30 are fixedly connected.
  • the middle shell 50 when the middle shell 50 is connected with the second upper shell 30 , there are two first connecting structures 501 , so that the connection between the middle shell 50 and the second upper shell 30 is firmer.
  • the two first connecting structures 501 are symmetrically arranged on the middle shell 50 , that is, the two first connecting structures 501 are centrally symmetrical about the central transverse axis of the middle shell 50 .
  • the connecting line of the two first connection structures 501 may be perpendicular to the horizontal line, and the horizontal line refers to the horizontal horizontal line in the direction in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 .
  • the two first connecting structures 501 are located on both sides of the middle shell 50 , and as shown in FIG. 21 , the two connecting holes are located on both sides of the middle shell 50 .
  • a third connection structure 502 is provided on the middle case 50
  • a fourth connection structure 401 is correspondingly provided on the second lower case 40.
  • the third connection structure 502 and the fourth connection structure 401 cooperate so that the middle case 50 and the third connection structure 401 cooperate with each other.
  • the two lower shells 40 are connected, and the third connection structure 502 and the fourth connection structure 401 are any combination of connection holes or connection posts. More specifically, in the specific example shown in FIG. 22 and FIG.
  • the third connection structure 502 is a connection column
  • the fourth connection structure 401 is a connection column
  • the third connection structure 502 and the fourth connection structure 401 At least one of them is a through connecting column
  • the connecting column on the middle shell 50 and the connecting column on the second lower shell 40 are correspondingly arranged, and screw holes are provided on them, and the screws pass through the through connecting column and are threadedly connected to the connecting column.
  • the middle shell 50 is fixedly connected with the second lower shell 40 .
  • the middle shell 50 when the middle shell 50 is connected with the second lower shell 40 , there are two third connecting structures 502 , so that the connection between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40 is firmer.
  • the two third connecting structures 502 are symmetrically arranged on the middle shell 50 , that is, the two third connecting structures 502 are centrally symmetrical about the central transverse axis of the middle shell 50 .
  • the connecting line of the two third connection structures 502 is perpendicular to a horizontal line, and the horizontal line refers to a horizontal horizontal line in the direction in the drawings. More specifically, the two third connecting structures 502 are located on both sides of the middle shell 50 , and as shown in FIG. 22 , the two connecting columns are located on both sides of the middle shell 50 .
  • the second body 2 in order to reduce the volume of the second body 2 and make the installation of the middle shell 50 more stable, the second body 2 is provided with an accommodating portion 302 for accommodating the middle shell 50 , and part or all of the middle shell 50 is located in the accommodating portion 302. More specifically, in one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 29 , a receiving portion 302 is provided on the lower side of the second upper shell 30 , the receiving portion 302 is a groove structure, and the upper portion of the middle shell 50 is located in the receiving portion 302 .
  • the lower surface of the accommodating groove can be set to abut against the upper surface of the middle shell 50, so that the force received by the second upper shell 30 can act on the middle shell 50. It can prevent the second upper shell 30 from being damaged beyond the load-bearing range, improve the mechanical strength of the balance car, and ensure the service life of the balance car.
  • an accommodating portion 302 is provided on the upper side of the second lower shell 40 , the accommodating portion 302 is a groove structure, the lower part of the middle shell 50 is located in the accommodating portion 302 , or the entire middle shell 50 is located in the accommodating portion 302 , at this time, the lower surface of the second upper shell 30 can be set to offset the upper surface of the middle shell 50, so that the force received by the second upper shell 30 can act on the middle shell 50, so as to prevent the second upper shell 30 from exceeding the load-bearing range. If it is damaged, the mechanical strength of the balance car is improved, and the service life of the balance car is guaranteed.
  • the lower side of the second upper shell 30 and the upper side of the second lower shell 40 together form a accommodating portion 302
  • the accommodating portion 302 is a cavity structure
  • the middle shell 50 is integrally located in the accommodating portion 302 .
  • the lower surface of the second upper shell 30 is arranged to counteract the upper surface of the middle shell 50, so that the force received by the second upper shell 30 can act on the middle shell 50, so as to prevent the second upper shell 30 from being damaged beyond the load-bearing range and improve the balance
  • the mechanical strength of the car ensures the service life of the balance car.
  • the thickness of the middle shell 50 is greater than the thickness of the second upper shell 30, the mechanical strength of the middle shell 50 is higher, and the mechanical strength of the second upper shell 30 can be improved at the same time.
  • the rotating mechanism 3 is connected with the middle shell 50, which can make the installation of the rotating mechanism 3 more stable and enhance the connection between the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2. , so that the rotation between the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 is more stable, and the stability of the entire balance vehicle body is improved.
  • a middle shell reinforcing rib 509 may also be provided on the middle shell to further enhance the structural strength of the middle shell.
  • the first upper shell 10 and the second upper shell 30 are flush, and the upper surface of the second upper shell 30 and the upper surface of the first upper shell 10 are on the same level.
  • the user can stand on the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 and operate stably.
  • the first upper case 10 and the first lower case 20 are connected and fixed to form a first accommodating cavity.
  • the eighth connection structure 201 is correspondingly provided.
  • the seventh connection structure 101 and the eighth connection structure 201 cooperate so that the first upper shell 10 is connected with the first lower shell 20.
  • the seventh connection structure 101 and the eighth connection structure 201 are connection holes or connections. Any combination of columns.
  • the seventh connecting structure 101 is a connecting column, and a connecting hole is formed thereon
  • the eighth connecting structure 201 is a connecting column, which is provided with a connecting hole passing through.
  • align the seventh connection structure 101 and the eighth connection structure 201 pass the screw through the connection hole on the first lower shell 20, enter the connecting column on the first upper shell 10, and connect and fix the two connecting columns, The first upper case 10 and the first lower case 20 are connected and fixed.
  • the second upper case 30 may be directly connected to the second lower case 40 , or may be connected to the second lower case 40 through the middle case 50 . More specifically, a fifth connection structure 303 is provided on the second upper case 30 , a sixth connection structure 402 is correspondingly provided on the second lower case 40 , and the fifth connection structure 303 and the sixth connection structure 402 cooperate so that the second upper case 30 Connected with the second lower shell 40; the fifth connecting structure 303 and the sixth connecting structure 402 are any combination of connecting holes or connecting posts. In the specific example shown in FIG. 1 and FIG.
  • the fifth connecting structure 303 is a connecting column with a connecting hole therein
  • the sixth connecting structure 402 is a connecting column with a connecting hole therein
  • the connecting column is used for
  • the second upper case 30 and the second lower case 40 are connected.
  • the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 are respectively connected with the middle shell 50 to constitute the entire second vehicle body 2 .
  • the second upper shell 30 is not only connected with the middle shell 50, but also directly connected with the second lower shell 40 through the fifth connecting structure, so that the overall structure of the second vehicle body 2 is more stable and the bearing capacity is higher. , the operation of the balance car is safer.
  • the first vehicle body 1 includes a first wheel 70
  • the second vehicle body 2 includes a second wheel 80
  • the specific mounting structure of the second wheel 80 has various manners, some of which will be briefly described below by way of example.
  • the first component group includes the first wheel 70
  • the first wheel 70 is disposed on the outer end of the first upper shell 10 away from the middle shell 50
  • the second component group includes The second wheel 80 is disposed on the outer end of the middle shell 50 away from the first upper shell 10 .
  • the first wheel 70 includes a first axle 701
  • the first upper shell 10 is provided with a first axle mounting seat 702
  • the first axle mounting seat 702 includes a first axle pressing piece fixing hole 703 and a first axle mounting seat Slot 704
  • the first axle mounting slot 704 is adapted to the first axle, the first axle is placed in the first axle mounting slot
  • the first axle pressing piece fixing hole 703 includes two groups, and two sets of the first axle pressing piece fixing hole 703 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the first axle mounting groove 704 .
  • the first axle mounting seat 702 is also provided with a first axle pressing piece 705, and the first axle is fixed in the first axle mounting groove through the first axle pressing piece 705; the first axle pressing piece 705 is connected to the first axle mounting seat by screws 702 is fixedly connected to ensure that the first axle will not be separated from the first axle installation groove.
  • the first component group includes the first wheel 70, and the first wheel 70 is disposed on the outer end of the first lower shell 20 away from the middle shell 50, more specifically , the first wheel 70 includes a first axle 701, the first lower shell 20 is provided with a first axle mounting seat 702, and the first axle mounting seat 702 includes a first axle pressing piece fixing hole 703 and a first axle mounting groove 704;
  • An axle mounting groove 704 is matched with the first axle, the first axle is placed in the first axle mounting groove, the first axle pressing sheet fixing holes 703 include two groups, and the two sets of first axle pressing sheet fixing holes 703 are symmetrically arranged in Both sides of the first axle mounting slot 704 .
  • the first axle mounting seat 702 is also provided with a first axle pressing piece 705, and the first axle is fixed in the first axle mounting groove through the first axle pressing piece 705; the first axle pressing piece 705 is connected to the first axle mounting seat by screws 702 is fixedly connected to ensure that the first axle will not be separated from the first axle installation groove.
  • the first component group includes a first control board 4.
  • the first control board 4 is located between the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20, and the first upper The shell 10 or the first lower shell 20 is provided with a first control board connecting column 102, and the first control board 4 is fixedly connected to the first upper shell 10 or the first lower shell 20 through the first control board connecting column 102; The installation of the control board 4 is more firm.
  • the first control board connecting column 102 includes two groups. The two groups of the first control board connecting column 102 are respectively arranged on both sides of the first axle mounting seat 702, so that the first control board 4 is not Interferes with the first axle mount 702 . The distances between the two groups of first control board connecting posts are different, and can be used to install first control boards of different sizes.
  • the second wheel 80 includes a second axle 801, the middle shell 50 is provided with a second axle mounting seat 802, and the second axle mounting seat 802 includes a second axle pressing piece
  • the set of second axle pressing sheet fixing holes 803 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting groove 804 .
  • the second axle mounting seat 802 is also provided with a second axle pressing piece 805, and the second axle is fixed in the second axle mounting groove through the second axle pressing piece 805; the second axle pressing piece 805 is connected to the second axle mounting seat by screws 802 is fixedly connected to ensure that the second axle will not be separated from the second axle installation groove.
  • the thickness of the middle shell 50 is greater than the thickness of the second upper shell 30; because the thickness of the middle shell 50 is thicker and the mechanical strength is greater, therefore, in Figures 21 to 24 and the accompanying drawings
  • the second axle mounting seat is arranged at the bottom of the middle shell 50, so that the second axle is installed more firmly, and the second wheel can drive the second vehicle body 2 to run more stably.
  • the second wheel 80 includes a second axle 801 , and the second upper shell 30 is provided with a second axle mounting seat 802, the second axle mounting seat 802 includes a second axle pressing piece fixing hole 803 and a second axle mounting groove 804; the second axle mounting groove 804 is adapted to the second axle, and the second axle is placed in the second axle mounting groove , the second axle pressing piece fixing hole 803 includes two groups, and the two sets of the second axle pressing piece fixing hole 803 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting groove 804 .
  • the second axle mounting seat 802 is also provided with a second axle pressing piece 805, and the second axle is fixed in the second axle mounting groove through the second axle pressing piece 805; the second axle pressing piece 805 is connected to the second axle mounting seat by screws 802 is fixedly connected to ensure that the second axle will not be separated from the second axle installation groove.
  • the middle shell 50 is disposed under the second upper shell 30, the second axle mounting seat 802 disposed on the lower surface of the second upper shell 30 is likely to interfere with the middle shell 50. Therefore, based on this embodiment, preferably, as shown in FIG. 25 As shown in FIG. 26, the middle shell 50 is provided with a first through groove 503, and the second axle mounting seat 802 passes through the first through groove 503 and is located below the middle shell 50 to avoid interference with the middle shell 50, and at this time, The second axle is also located below the middle shell 50 , and the second axle mounting seat 802 fixes the second axle in the second axle mounting groove 804 through the second axle pressing piece 805 .
  • the second axle mounting seat 802 is arranged on the second upper shell 30.
  • the first through groove 503 on the middle shell 50 has an opening toward the second wheel, so that the second upper shell 30 and the second axle can be installed first, and then the second axle mounting seat 802 can be directly passed through the first through hole. Slot 503, the installation is simpler and more convenient.
  • the second axle mounting seat 802 and the second upper shell 30 are equivalent to limiting the left and right positions of the middle shell 50, so that the middle shell 50 and the second shell are connected more closely, so that the mechanical strength of the second vehicle body 2 is better. ,more stable.
  • the second wheel 80 includes a second axle 801, the second lower shell 40 is provided with a second axle mounting seat 802, and the second axle mounting seat 802 includes a second axle Axle pressing sheet fixing hole 803 and second axle mounting groove 804; the second axle mounting groove 804 is adapted to the second axle, the second axle is placed in the second axle mounting groove, and the second axle pressing sheet fixing hole 803 includes two The two sets of second axle pressing sheet fixing holes 803 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting groove 804 .
  • the second axle mounting seat 802 is also provided with a second axle pressing piece 805, and the second axle is fixed in the second axle mounting groove through the second axle pressing piece 805; the second axle pressing piece 805 is connected to the second axle mounting seat by screws 802 is fixedly connected to ensure that the second axle will not be separated from the second axle installation groove.
  • the second component group includes a second control board 5.
  • the second control board 5 is located between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40, and the middle shell 50 Or the lower side of the second lower shell 40 is provided with a second control board connecting column 304, and the second control board 5 is fixedly connected to the middle shell 50 or the second lower shell 40 through the second control board connecting column 304;
  • the second control board connecting column 304 includes two groups, and the two sets of second control board connecting columns 304 are respectively arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting seat 802, so that the second control board 5 is not connected to the second axle. Mount 802 interferes.
  • the two groups of second control board connecting posts 304 are located on both sides of the first through slot 503 respectively.
  • the second control board connecting column 304 is disposed on the lower side of the second upper casing 30 . More specifically, the second component group includes the second control board 5.
  • the second control board 5 is arranged below the middle shell 50, the middle shell 50 is provided with a second through slot 504, the second upper shell 30 is provided with a second control board connecting column 304, and the second control board connecting column 304 It is connected to the second control board 5 through the second through groove 504 .
  • the structure of the middle shell 50 can be simplified, the installation of the second upper shell 30 and the middle shell 50 is more convenient, and there is no assembly error;
  • the connection of 50 is tighter, which is beneficial to improve the mechanical strength of the second body 2, thereby improving the stability of the balance vehicle as a whole;
  • the second control board connecting column can also limit the position of the middle shell.
  • the second control board connecting column 304 includes two groups, and the two sets of the second control board connecting column 304 are respectively arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting seat 802, so that the second control board 5 does not interfere with the second axle mount 802.
  • the second axle mounting seat 802 is located on the lower side of the middle shell 50, the second through grooves 504 correspond to the second control board connecting columns 304, and the number is also two, and the two second through grooves 504 are located in the second through grooves 504 respectively.
  • the second control panel connecting column 304 is located on both sides of the second axle mounting seat 802 after passing through the second through groove 504 .
  • the installation positions of the first wheel 70 and the second wheel 80 can be combined with each other, for example, when the first wheel 70 is connected with the first upper shell 10, the second wheel 80 can be connected with the second upper shell 30, and also It can be connected with the middle shell 50 or with the second lower shell 40; when the first wheel 70 is connected with the first lower shell 20, the second wheel 80 can be connected with the second upper shell 30 or with the middle shell 50,
  • the second lower case 40 can also be used.
  • the axes of the first axle 701 of the first wheel 70 coincide with the axes of the second axle 801 of the second wheel 80 to ensure that the two wheels rotate concentrically and the balance car runs more stably.
  • the first wheel and the second wheel rotate, it is easy to roll up debris or water. If the debris or water enters the first vehicle body 1 or the second vehicle body 2, it is easy to make the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body.
  • the electronic components in 2 are damaged, which affects the normal operation of the self-balancing vehicle and poses a safety hazard.
  • the first wheel is mainly connected to the first vehicle body 1 by the first axle
  • the second wheel is mainly connected to the second vehicle body 2 by the second axle. sealing work.
  • the side of the second upper shell 30 close to the second wheel is provided with a first wheel baffle 305
  • the side of the second lower shell 40 close to the second wheel is provided with a first wheel baffle 305
  • the second wheel baffle 403 , the first wheel baffle 305 and the second wheel baffle 403 are correspondingly arranged to form an axle seal, that is, the seal of the second axle. More specifically, the first wheel baffle 305 and the second wheel baffle 403 abut against each other after the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 are installed close together, leaving only the second axle for the second axle to pass through and rotate.
  • the second axle hole may be provided on the first wheel guard 305 or on the second wheel guard 403 .
  • the second axle slot 404 is arranged on the upper edge of the second wheel baffle 403 , and after the first wheel baffle 305 and the second wheel baffle 403 are in contact, a complete first wheel baffle 403 is formed.
  • Two axle holes, the shape of the second axle hole is adapted to the second axle.
  • the axle seal between the first wheel and the first vehicle body 1 may adopt the same sealing method, or may adopt other conventional sealing structures.
  • the first wheel 70 includes a first axle 701 , a side of the first upper shell 10 close to the first wheel 70 is provided with a third wheel baffle 103 , and a side of the first lower shell 20 close to the first wheel 70 A fourth wheel baffle 202 is provided, and the third wheel baffle 103 and the fourth wheel baffle 202 are correspondingly arranged to form a seal on the first axle 701 .
  • the third wheel baffle 103 and the fourth wheel baffle 202 abut against each other after the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20 are installed close together, leaving only the first axle hole for the first axle to pass through and rotate.
  • the hole can be set on the first wheel baffle 305 or on the second wheel baffle 403, and the first axle hole can be formed by the first axle slot 203 and the third wheel baffle 103 or the first axle slot 203 and the first axle slot 203 and the third wheel baffle 103.
  • Four wheel guards 202 are formed. More specifically, in the specific example shown in FIG. 1 , the first axle slot 203 is provided on the upper edge of the third wheel baffle 103 , and after the third wheel baffle 103 and the fourth wheel baffle 202 are in contact , forming a complete first axle hole, and the shape of the first axle hole is adapted to the first axle.
  • one end of the middle shell 50 is abutted against the first wheel baffle 305 to position the middle shell 50 and limit the position of the middle shell 50.
  • the side of the middle shell 50 close to the first wheel baffle 305 is a plane, and the plane is in contact with the inner wall of the first wheel baffle 305 , and the second axle mounting seat 802 on the middle shell 50 is connected to the second axle hole.
  • the second axle mounting groove and the second axle hole are arranged concentrically.
  • a reinforcing rib is provided on the first wheel baffle 305 to strengthen the mechanical strength of the first wheel baffle 305 , and the plane on the middle shell 50 is in contact with the reinforcing rib.
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are provided with fenders, and the fenders are respectively arranged corresponding to the first wheel and the second wheel to prevent the first wheel and the second wheel Splashing sewage or stains during driving will affect the user's experience.
  • the first component group further includes a first fender 104, which is arranged on the outer side of the first upper shell 10 and is located above the first wheel 70, and the first fender 104 and the first fender 104
  • the upper shell 10 is an integral structure;
  • the second component group further includes a second fender 306, which is arranged on the outer side of the second upper shell 30 and above the second wheel 80.
  • the second fender 306 and the second upper casing 30 are integrally formed.
  • fenders are provided on both the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 to improve user experience.
  • the first component group includes a first pedal 6, and the second component group includes a second pedal 7.
  • the first pedal 6 is arranged on the first upper shell 10, and the second pedal 7 is arranged on the on the second upper case 30 or the middle case 50 .
  • the first pedal 6 is an integrated pedal, which is convenient for processing and installation, or includes a pedal leather and a pedal to enhance the tactile feeling of stepping;
  • the second pedal 7 is an integrated pedal Pedals for easy processing and installation, or, including pedals and pads to enhance the feel of pedaling.
  • the first pedal 6 and the second pedal 7 can move relative to the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2, thereby triggering the photoelectric switch , so that the balance car starts to work.
  • the first pedal 6 is movably arranged on the first upper shell 10
  • a first photoelectric switch 90 is arranged below the first pedal 6 .
  • the first control board 4 controls the operation of the first vehicle body 1, at this time, the first photoelectric switch 90 can be directly arranged on the first control board 4, or can be independently arranged on the first upper shell 10, The specific setting method will be described in the following embodiments.
  • the second pedal 7 is movably arranged on the second upper shell 30, and a second photoelectric switch 901 is provided below the second pedal 7. After the second pedal 7 bears a load, it moves down to trigger the second photoelectric switch. 901, the second control board 5 controls the second vehicle body 2 to work. At this time, the second photoelectric switch 901 can be directly set on the second control board 5, or can be set on the second upper shell 30 independently. The manner will be described in the following examples. Of course, in some embodiments, both the first pedal 6 and the second pedal 7 can be movable to control the balance car at the same time, and the above embodiments can be combined.
  • the first upper shell is provided with a first pedal mounting groove 108 for placing the first pedal
  • the first upper shell 10 is provided with a first pedal installation hole 105
  • the first pedal installation hole is located in the first pedal installation groove 108
  • the first pedal 6 is set on the first upper shell 10 through the first pedal installation hole 105
  • the lower surface is provided with a first movable column 61, and the first movable column 61 passes through the first pedal mounting hole 105 and then is movably clamped with the lower surface of the first upper shell 10 to prevent the first pedal 6 from being separated from the first upper shell 10, and
  • the length of the first movable column 61 is greater than the thickness of the first pedal mounting hole 105 , so that the first movable column 61 can shuttle in the first pedal mounting hole 105 , so that the first pedal 6 can move up and down relative to the first upper shell 10 .
  • the first movable column 61 includes a guide portion and a snap portion, the guide portion is adapted to the first pedal mounting hole 105 and can move up and down in the first pedal mounting hole 105, and the snap portion is used to connect with the first pedal mounting hole 105.
  • the lower surface of the upper shell 10 is movably snapped.
  • the length of the guide portion determines the movable range of the first pedal 6 relative to the first upper shell 10. More specifically, the movable range of the first pedal 6 can be limited to 1 mm to 10mm.
  • the second pedal 7 is movably arranged on the second upper shell 30
  • the second vehicle body 2 is provided with a middle shell 50. Therefore, there are various ways to install the second pedal 7.
  • the second upper shell is provided with a second pedal installation slot 311 for placing the second pedal, and at the same time, the second upper shell 30 is provided with a first mounting hole 307 for the second pedal, and the second pedal first
  • the mounting hole 307 is located in the second pedal mounting groove 311
  • the second pedal 7 includes a movable connection fixing post 71
  • the movable connection fixing post 71 is matched and connected with the first installation hole 307 of the second pedal, corresponding to the position of the first installation hole 307 of the second pedal
  • the middle shell 50 is provided with a second mounting hole 505 of the second pedal;
  • the movable connection fixing post 71 is matched with the first mounting hole 307 of the second pedal and the second mounting hole 505 of the second pedal, so that the second pedal 7 is movably fixed on the second pedal on the upper shell 30.
  • the movable connection fixing post 71 includes a guide portion and a clip portion, the guide portion is matched with the first installation hole 307 of the second pedal and the second installation hole 505 of the second pedal, and can be installed in the first installation hole of the second pedal. 307 and the second mounting hole 505 of the second pedal move up and down, and the engaging portion is used for engaging with the lower surface of the middle shell 50 movably.
  • the length of the guide portion determines the range of movement of the second pedal 7 relative to the second upper shell 30. More specifically, the range of movement of the second pedal 7 can be limited to 1 mm to 10mm.
  • the second pedal 7 is disposed on the middle shell, the second upper shell 30 is provided with a through hole 308 at a position corresponding to the second pedal 7 , and the second pedal 7 is connected to the middle shell 50 through the through hole 308 , the through hole 308 is arranged on the second upper shell 30, not only the second pedal 7 can be directly connected with the middle shell 50, the assembly process is simpler; the material of the second upper shell 30 can also be saved, and the cost can be reduced; the weight of the human body can be reduced. Act directly on the middle shell instead of going through the second upper shell.
  • the middle shell 50 is provided with a second mounting hole 505 for the second pedal, and the second pedal 7 includes an articulating fixing post 71;
  • the second pedal 7 is movably fixed on the middle shell 50 .
  • the movable connection fixing post 71 includes a guide portion and a snap portion.
  • the guide portion is adapted to the second mounting hole 505 of the second pedal and can move up and down in the second mounting hole 505 of the second pedal. It is movably connected to the lower surface of the middle shell 50 .
  • the range of movement of the second pedal 7 can be limited to 1 mm to 10mm.
  • the thickness of the middle shell 50 is set to be greater than the thickness of the second upper shell 30. Since the second pedal 7 is directly movably connected with the middle shell 50, when a person steps on the second pedal 7, the force can be directly transmitted to the middle shell 50. Above, the shell thickness of the middle shell 50 is larger than that of the second upper shell 30, so it has higher mechanical strength and can bear higher weight.
  • the first component group when the first pedal 6 is movably arranged on the first upper casing 10 , the first component group includes a first photoelectric switch 90 , and a position corresponding to the first photoelectric switch 90 on the lower surface of the first pedal 6 is provided
  • the first contact 62 after the first pedal 6 bears and moves down, the first contact 62 triggers the first photoelectric switch 90, thereby controlling the work of the balance car.
  • the first pedal 6 and the first upper casing 10 have various structures according to different arrangement positions of the first photoelectric switch 90 , which will be described by way of example below.
  • the first photoelectric switch 90 is disposed on the first control board 4, and the first control board 4 is located under the first upper casing 10; Below, not provided on the first control board.
  • the first contact 62 is arranged on the contact post 904 on the lower surface of the first pedal 6, the first upper shell 10 is provided with a contact through hole 902, and a spring is arranged in the contact through hole 902, and the spring can be sleeved on the contact.
  • the point post 904 is in contact with the bottom convex edge of the contact through hole 902 to realize the reset of the first pedal 6 .
  • the first photoelectric switch 90 is independently disposed on the first upper casing 10, and is located below the first pedal 6, and the first photoelectric switch 90 is electrically connected to the first control board 4 through a connector to transmit electrical signals , the first contact 62 is arranged on the lower surface of the first pedal 6, when a person stands on the first pedal 6 or receives force, the first pedal 6 is pressed down to trigger the first photoelectric switch 90, and the signal is transmitted to the first photoelectric switch 90.
  • a first control panel 4 under the upper shell 10 controls the balance car to start working. More specifically, in order to fix the first photoelectric switch 90 , the first upper case 10 is provided with an installation groove 903 for installing the first photoelectric switch 90 , and the first photoelectric switch 90 is placed in the installation groove 903 .
  • the depth of the installation groove 903 is greater than or equal to the height of the first photoelectric switch 90 to avoid squeezing or damaging the first photoelectric switch 90 when the first pedal 6 moves relative to the first upper casing 10 .
  • the first pedal 6 is provided with a contact post for installing a spring
  • the first upper shell 10 is provided with a movable mounting hole
  • the contact post is adapted to the movable mounting hole
  • One end of the spring is connected with the contact post, and the other end is connected with the movable mounting hole, so as to realize the rebound of the first pedal 6 .
  • the contact post is located on the lower surface of the first pedal 6, and at the same time, the spring is arranged around the contact post in the movable mounting hole, the movable mounting hole is a non-through hole, and one end of the spring is in contact with the bottom wall of the movable mounting hole.
  • the movable mounting hole can be a through hole, and the bottom of the movable mounting hole is provided with a convex edge against the spring, so that the spring can be stretched between the convex edge and the first pedal 6, and the movable mounting hole
  • the through holes may have other functions, such as facilitating maintenance of components in the first upper casing 10 or allowing contacts of other photoelectric switches to pass through, etc.
  • the movable mounting holes are contact through holes 902 .
  • the second component group when the second pedal 7 is movably arranged on the second upper casing 30, the second component group includes a second photoelectric switch 901, and a position corresponding to the second photoelectric switch 901 on the lower surface of the second pedal 7 is provided
  • the second contact 72 after the second pedal 7 moves down under the load, the second contact 72 triggers the second photoelectric switch 901, thereby controlling the work of the balance car.
  • the second pedal 7 , the middle casing 50 and the second upper casing 30 have various structures, which will be described by way of example below.
  • the second pedal 7 is arranged on the second upper casing 30, the second photoelectric switch 901 is arranged on the second control board 5, the second control board 5 is located under the middle casing 50, and the second contact 72
  • the contact post 904 is arranged on the lower surface of the second pedal 7, the second upper shell 30 is provided with a contact hole 309, the middle shell 50 is provided with a contact through hole 902, the contact through hole 902 and the contact hole 309
  • the contact point corresponds to the position of the second photoelectric switch 901 , and the contact point passes through the contact hole 309 and the contact through hole 902 in sequence to trigger the second photoelectric switch 901 .
  • the bottom of the contact through hole 902 is provided with a convex edge, and the upper part of the convex edge is provided with a spring.
  • the other end is connected to the contact post 904 on the pedal for resetting the second pedal 7 .
  • the second pedal 7 is arranged on the second upper casing 30
  • the second photoelectric switch 901 is independently arranged on the second upper casing 30 and is located on the second pedal 7
  • the second control board 5 is located below the middle shell 50
  • the second photoelectric switch 901 is electrically connected to the second control board 5 through a connector to transmit electrical signals
  • the second contact 72 is provided on the lower surface of the second pedal 7 , when a person stands on the second pedal 7 or receives force, the second pedal 7 can be pressed down to trigger the second photoelectric switch 901, and the signal is transmitted to the second control board 5 under the middle shell 50 to control the balance car to start working .
  • the second upper casing 30 is provided with a mounting groove 903 for mounting the second photoelectric switch 901 , and the second photoelectric switch 901 is placed in the mounting groove 903 .
  • the depth of the installation groove 903 is greater than or equal to the height of the second photoelectric switch 901 , so as to avoid squeezing and damaging the second photoelectric switch 901 when the second pedal 7 moves relative to the second upper casing 30 .
  • a second wire hole 9032 is provided in the installation groove 903 or on the side of the installation groove 903, and a first through groove 503 is formed on the middle shell 50, and the connecting piece can pass through the second wire hole 9032 and the first wire in sequence.
  • the through groove 503 is connected to the second control board 5 .
  • the second pedal 7 is arranged on the middle case 50
  • the second photoelectric switch 901 is arranged on the second control board 5
  • the second control board 5 is located under the middle case 50
  • the second contact 72 is arranged
  • the middle shell 50 is provided with a contact through hole 902
  • the second contact 72 corresponds to the position of the second photoelectric switch 901
  • the second contact 72 passes through the contact
  • the hole 902 triggers the second photoelectric switch 901 .
  • the bottom of the contact through hole 902 is provided with a convex edge, and the upper part of the convex edge is provided with a spring.
  • the other end is connected to the contact post 904 on the pedal for resetting the second pedal 7 .
  • the second pedal 7 is arranged on the middle casing 50 , and the second photoelectric switch 901 is independently arranged on the middle casing 50 and is located below the second pedal 7 ,
  • the second photoelectric switch 901 is electrically connected to the second control board 5 through a connector to transmit electrical signals.
  • the second control board 5 is located under the middle shell 50 , and the second contact 72 is provided on the lower surface of the second pedal 7 .
  • the middle case 50 is provided with an installation groove 903 for installing the second photoelectric switch 901 , and the second photoelectric switch 901 is placed in the installation groove 903 .
  • the depth of the installation groove 903 is greater than or equal to the height of the second photoelectric switch 901 to avoid squeezing or damaging the second photoelectric switch 901 when the second pedal 7 moves relative to the second upper casing 30; the installation groove 903 or the installation groove 903
  • the second pedal 7 is provided with a contact post for installing a spring
  • the middle shell 50 is provided with a movable mounting hole
  • the second upper shell 30 is provided with a second The through hole 308 through which the pedal 7 passes
  • the contact column is adapted to the movable mounting hole
  • one end of the spring is connected or abutted with the contact column
  • the other end is connected or abutted with the movable mounting hole, so as to realize the rebound of the second pedal 7 and contact the contact column.
  • the point column passes through the movable installation hole, moves up and down in the movable installation hole, and drives the second pedal 7 to reset under the action of the spring.
  • the contact post is located on the lower surface of the second pedal 7, and at the same time, the spring is arranged around the contact post in the movable mounting hole.
  • the movable mounting hole is a non-through hole, and one end of the spring is in contact with the bottom wall of the movable mounting hole.
  • the movable mounting hole can be a through hole, and the bottom of the movable mounting hole is provided with a protruding edge against the spring, so that the spring can be installed between the protruding edge and the second
  • the pedals 7 are telescopic, and the through holes in the movable mounting holes can have other functions, such as facilitating maintenance of components in the middle shell 50 or allowing contacts of other photoelectric switches to pass through, etc.
  • the movable mounting holes are contact through holes.
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are required to rotate relative to each other, so as to control the operation of the balancing vehicle. Therefore, the balancing vehicle further includes a rotating mechanism 3, and one end of the rotating mechanism 3 is connected to the first vehicle body 1. The other end is connected to the second vehicle body 2, and there are many specific ways and structures of the connection, and several of the connection ways will be described below with examples.
  • the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body 2, the first end 31 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1, and the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1.
  • the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40, the middle shell 50 and/or the second lower shell 40
  • a limit mechanism is provided on the upper part.
  • the rotation mechanism 3 includes a rotation shaft 33 and a limit mechanism.
  • the limit mechanism is matched with the limit part 34 on the rotation shaft 33 to limit the rotation angle of the rotation shaft 33 .
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 rotate around the axis of the rotating shaft 33 .
  • the limit mechanism includes a limit block 37 and a limit block installation groove 38.
  • the limit block installation groove 38 can be set on the second lower shell 40, or on the middle shell 50, or the second lower shell 40 and the middle shell. 50 are provided with limit block installation grooves 38 .
  • the limiting block mounting groove 38 is provided on the second lower shell 40 .
  • One end of the rotating shaft 33 between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a limit portion 34
  • the limit portion 34 includes a limit boss with a notch
  • the limit block 37 is a limit corresponding to the limit boss.
  • the middle shell 50 is provided with a rotating upper connecting groove 507
  • the second lower shell 40 is provided with a rotating lower connecting groove 405 at the position corresponding to the rotating upper connecting groove 507, and the rotating mechanism 3 can be rotated. It is arranged between the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405.
  • the rotating mechanism 3 includes a rotating shaft 33.
  • the rotating shaft 33 is placed in the middle shell 50 and the first One end between the two lower shells 40 is sleeved with a second sleeve or bearing 35, and in order to install the bearing 35 or the sleeve, a limit groove is provided in the rotating upper connecting shaft and the rotating lower connecting shaft.
  • the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405 are provided with bearing limiting grooves; when the rotating shaft 33 is sleeved with the second sleeve, the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and A sleeve limiting groove is provided in the lower rotating connecting groove 405 .
  • the rotating shaft 33 can rotate in the second sleeve or bearing 35, so that the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 can rotate relative to each other.
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are connected by the rotating mechanism 3, and in order to facilitate the user to observe the working condition of the balancing vehicle, the balancing vehicle also includes an indicator light board 508, which is connected to the control circuit board, and can be passed through the indicator light board 508. The light-emitting device on it feeds back the working status of the balance car.
  • the first car body 1 and the second car body 2 are provided with pedals for users to step on.
  • the connection point of the second vehicle body 2 that is, the position corresponding to the rotating mechanism 3 , as shown in FIG.
  • the indicator light plate 508 is arranged below the relative position of the middle shell 50 and the rotating shaft 33 , more specifically, on the rotating shaft 33 . inside the connecting groove 507 .
  • a lamp board post 5081 and a first indicator light hole 5082 are provided in the rotating upper connecting groove 507, and a second indicator light hole 3101 is provided in the position corresponding to the first indicator light hole 5082 on the second upper shell 30.
  • the light board post 5081 is used for The indicator light plate 508 is installed.
  • the first indicator light hole 5082 and the second indicator light hole 3101 are used to transmit light through the light emitting device on the indicator light plate 508 , and the position of the indicator light hole corresponds to the light emitting device on the indicator light plate 508 .
  • the light-emitting device can be LED lamp beads or other small lamps.
  • the second indicator hole 3101 is covered with a lamp cover 3102 .
  • the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body 2 , the first end 31 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 , and the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 .
  • the middle shell 50 is provided with a cylindrical portion at a corresponding position, and the rotating mechanism 3 can be rotated in the cylindrical shape. Internal rotation.
  • the cylindrical part is the first sleeve 506, which is a complete hollow cylindrical structure and is adapted to the rotating mechanism 3, and the rotating part can rotate relative to the second vehicle body 2 in the first sleeve 506,
  • the complete hollow cylindrical structure can make the rotating parts more stable during rotation and avoid shaking.
  • the installation groove of the second end of the rotating mechanism 3 is jointly formed by the upper shell and the lower shell. If there is an error in the production or installation process, the installation groove formed by the upper shell and the lower shell may be dislocated or there may be inconsistencies. Correspondingly, if the inner wall is not smooth, the rotating parts will shake during the rotation process, so that the balance car cannot run stably.
  • the above problem can be solved by rotatably disposing one end of the rotating member in the first sleeve 506, and the stable operation of the balancing vehicle can be ensured. Additional sleeves can also be arranged in the first sleeve to optimize the rotational connection structure between the second end of the rotating mechanism and the first sleeve.
  • the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 are provided with first sleeve mounting grooves 406 corresponding to the first sleeve 506 .
  • the first sleeve 506 is fixed in the first sleeve installation groove 406, and one end of the rotating shaft 33 passes through the first sleeve 506 and can rotate in the first sleeve 506;
  • the sleeve 36 is located on one or both sides of the first sleeve 506, and is in contact with the side wall of the first sleeve 506, so as to limit the movement of the rotating shaft 33 in the first sleeve 506, and restrict one end of the rotating shaft 33 to the first sleeve 506.
  • the limiting sleeve 36 is a circlip, which is clamped on both sides of the first sleeve 506 ; since the circlip protrudes from the rotating shaft 33 , the first sleeve installation groove 406 is provided with The limiting sleeve groove 4061 of the limiting sleeve 36 is accommodated to prevent the rotating shaft 33 from interfering and colliding with the second lower shell 40 during the rotation process.
  • the rotating mechanism 3 includes a rotating shaft 33 and a limit component.
  • the limit assembly includes a limit block 37 and a limit block mounting slot 38 , and the limit block 37 is adapted to the limit portion 34 on the rotating shaft 33 to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 .
  • the limit block 37 is located in the second vehicle body 2, and the limit block installation groove 38 is arranged on the middle shell 50 or the second lower shell 40; the limit part 34 is exposed on the first sleeve 506, and the limit block installation groove 38 is located in the middle shell 50 or the second lower shell 40;
  • the first sleeve 506 faces the side of the wheel. More specifically, the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 rotate on the axis of the rotation shaft 33 .
  • the second lower shell 40 is provided with a limit block installation groove 38 for installing the limit block 37 .
  • One end of the rotating shaft 33 between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a limit portion 34 , the limit portion 34 includes a limit boss with a notch, and the limit block 37 is a limit corresponding to the limit boss.
  • the top surface of the limiting piece can collide with the two ends of the limiting boss respectively, so as to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 .
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are connected by the rotating mechanism 3, and in order to facilitate the user to observe the working condition of the balancing vehicle, the balancing vehicle also includes an indicator light board 508, which is connected to the control circuit board, and can be passed through the indicator light board 508. The light-emitting device on it feeds back the working status of the balance car.
  • the first car body 1 and the second car body 2 are provided with pedals for users to step on.
  • the indicator light plate 508 is arranged above the relative position of the second upper shell 30 and the rotating shaft 33, and can be screwed It is fixed with the second upper casing 30 .
  • the second upper casing 30 is provided with a second indicator hole 3101 at a position corresponding to the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 .
  • the position of the second indicator hole 3101 corresponds to the light emitting device on the indicator plate 508 .
  • the light-emitting device can be LED lamp beads or other small lamps.
  • the second indicator hole 3101 is covered with a lamp cover 3102 .
  • the indicator light plate 508 and the second indicator light hole 3101 can be arranged at the position corresponding to the first vehicle body 1 and the connecting piece, such as the position corresponding to the first upper shell 10 and the connecting piece, without affecting the indicator light
  • the board 508 can be used normally.
  • the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body 2 , the first end 31 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 , and the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 .
  • the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably arranged in the second lower shell 40, and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a cylindrical portion at a corresponding position, and the rotating mechanism 3 It can be rotated in the cylindrical part.
  • the cylindrical part is the first sleeve 506, which is a complete hollow cylindrical structure and is adapted to the rotating mechanism 3, and the rotating part can rotate relative to the second vehicle body 2 in the first sleeve 506,
  • the complete hollow cylindrical structure can make the rotating parts more stable during rotation and avoid shaking.
  • the installation groove of the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is jointly formed by the upper shell and the lower shell. If there is an error in the production or installation process, the installation groove formed by the upper shell and the lower shell may be dislocated or dislocated. If there is no correspondence and the inner wall is not smooth, the rotating parts will shake during the rotation process, so that the balance car cannot run stably.
  • the above problem can be solved by rotatably disposing one end of the rotating member in the first sleeve 506, and the stable operation of the balancing vehicle can be ensured.
  • the cylindrical portion can also be provided at a position corresponding to the second upper shell 30 and the rotating mechanism 3 , and other structures are consistent with this embodiment.
  • the middle shell 50 is provided with a first sleeve installation groove 406 corresponding to the first sleeve 506
  • the second upper shell 30 is provided with a cover portion 310 corresponding to the first sleeve installation groove 406
  • the cover portion 310 is provided in the cover.
  • the first sleeve 506 is fixed in the first sleeve installation groove 406, one end of the rotating shaft 33 It passes through the first sleeve 506 and can be rotated in the first sleeve 506; the rotating shaft 33 is sleeved with a limit sleeve 36, the limit sleeve 36 is located on one side or both sides of the first sleeve 506, and is connected with the first sleeve 506.
  • the side walls of the cylinders 506 are abutted against each other to limit the movement of the rotating shaft 33 in the first sleeve 506 , and restrict one end of the rotating shaft 33 in the first sleeve 506 .
  • the limiting sleeve 36 is a circlip, which is clamped on both sides of the first sleeve 506 ; since the circlip protrudes from the rotating shaft 33 , the first sleeve is installed in the groove.
  • 406 is provided with a limit sleeve groove 4061 for accommodating the limit sleeve 36 to prevent the rotating shaft 33 from interfering and colliding with the second lower shell 40 during the rotation process. displacement.
  • a limiting mechanism is provided on 40
  • the rotating mechanism 3 includes a rotating shaft 33 and a limiting mechanism
  • the limiting mechanism is adapted to the limiting portion 34 on the rotating shaft 33 to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 .
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 rotate around the axis of the rotating shaft 33 .
  • the limit mechanism includes a limit block 37 and a limit block installation groove 38.
  • the limit block installation groove 38 can be set on the second lower shell 40, or on the middle shell 50, or the second lower shell 40 and the middle shell. 50 are provided with limit block installation grooves 38 .
  • the limiting block mounting groove 38 is provided on the second lower shell 40 .
  • One end of the rotating shaft 33 between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a limit portion 34
  • the limit portion 34 includes a limit boss with a notch
  • the limit block 37 is a limit corresponding to the limit boss.
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are connected by the rotating mechanism 3, and in order to facilitate the user to observe the working condition of the balancing vehicle, the balancing vehicle also includes an indicator light board 508, which is connected to the control circuit board, and can be passed through the indicator light board 508. The light-emitting device on it feeds back the working status of the balance car.
  • the first car body 1 and the second car body 2 are provided with pedals for users to step on.
  • the indicator light plate 508 is arranged below the relative position of the middle shell 50 and the rotating shaft 33, more specifically , located in the first sleeve installation groove 406 .
  • the first sleeve mounting groove 406 is provided with a lamp board post 5081 and a first indicator light hole 5082
  • the second upper shell 30 is provided with a second indicator light hole 3101 at a position corresponding to the first indicator light hole 5082, and the light board post 5081 It is used to install the indicator light board 508.
  • the first indicator light hole 5082 and the second indicator light hole 3101 are used to transmit light from the light-emitting devices on the indicator light board 508.
  • the positions of the first indicator light hole 5082 and the second indicator light hole 3101 are the same as The light emitting devices on the indicator board 508 correspond.
  • the light-emitting device can be LED lamp beads or other small lamps.
  • the second indicator hole 3101 is covered with a lamp cover 3102 .
  • the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body 2 , the first end 31 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 , and the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 .
  • the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably sandwiched between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40, and the second upper shell 30 and/or Or a limiting mechanism is provided on the second lower shell 40 .
  • the limiting mechanism is adapted to the limiting portion 34 on the rotating shaft 33 to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 .
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 rotate around the axis of the rotating shaft 33 as the center of the circle.
  • the limit mechanism includes a limit block 37 and a limit block installation groove 38 , and the limit mechanism is located between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 , therefore, the limit block installation groove 38 can be set in the second lower shell 40 It can also be provided on the lower surface of the second upper shell 30 , and the limit block mounting grooves 38 can also be provided on both the second lower shell 40 and the second upper shell 30 . In the specific example shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 , the limiting block mounting groove 38 is provided on the second lower shell 40 .
  • One end of the rotating shaft 33 between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a limit portion 34 , the limit portion 34 includes a limit boss with a notch, and the limit block 37 is a limit corresponding to the limit boss.
  • the top surface of the limiting piece can collide with the two ends of the limiting boss respectively, so as to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 .
  • a second sleeve (not shown) or a bearing 35 is sleeved on one end of the rotating shaft 33 placed between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 .
  • the second upper shell 30 is provided with a rotating upper connection Slot 507
  • the second lower shell 40 is provided with a rotating lower connecting groove 405
  • the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405 are oppositely arranged, and in order to install the bearing 35 or the second sleeve, the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 507 are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the connecting groove 405 is provided with a limit groove.
  • the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405 are provided with bearing limit grooves;
  • the rotating shaft 33 can rotate in the second sleeve or bearing 35, so that the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 can rotate relative to each other.
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are connected by the rotating mechanism 3, and in order to facilitate the user to observe the working condition of the balancing vehicle, the balancing vehicle also includes an indicator light board 508, which is connected to the control circuit board, and can be passed through the indicator light board 508. The light-emitting device on it feeds back the working status of the balance car.
  • the first car body 1 and the second car body 2 are provided with pedals for users to step on.
  • the connection point of the second vehicle body 2 that is, the position corresponding to the rotating mechanism 3
  • the indicator light plate 508 is provided on the second upper casing 30 corresponding to the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 .
  • the indicator light plate 508 is located in the upper rotating connecting groove 507, and the upper rotating connecting groove 507 is provided with a light plate column 5081 and a second indicator hole 3101, and the light plate column 5081 is used to install the indicator light Board 508 , the second indicator hole 3101 is used to transmit light from the light-emitting device on the indicator plate 508 , and the position of the second indicator hole 3101 corresponds to the light-emitting device on the indicator plate 508 .
  • the light-emitting device can be LED lamp beads or other small lamps.
  • the second indicator hole 3101 is covered with a lamp cover 3102 .
  • connection structure between the first ends 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 and the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20 may be That is: the end of the first upper shell 10 close to the second upper shell 30 is provided with the upper fixing groove 106 of the rotating mechanism; correspondingly, the end of the first lower shell 20 close to the second lower shell 40 is provided with the lower fixing groove 204 of the rotating mechanism, and the rotating mechanism 3 It is fixed between the upper fixing groove 106 of the rotating mechanism and the lower fixing groove 204 of the rotating mechanism.
  • the first end 31 of the mechanism 3 is fixedly connected to the fixing groove, the fixing groove can limit the relative rotation of the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 and the first vehicle body 1, so that the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 can smoothly relative rotation.
  • the connection structure between the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 and the first upper casing 10 and the first lower casing 20 can also be as follows: the end of the first upper casing 10 close to the second upper casing 30 is provided with a rotating mechanism fixing column 107, and the rotating mechanism 3
  • the first end 31 is provided with a rotating mechanism fixing hole 39, the rotating mechanism fixing column 107 is adapted to the shape of the rotating mechanism fixing hole 39, and the rotating mechanism 3 is fixed on the first upper shell 10 and the first upper casing 10 through the rotating mechanism fixing column 107.
  • the rotating mechanism fixing column 107 passes through the rotating mechanism fixing hole 39, so that the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 is fixedly connected with the first vehicle body 1, and is relatively stationary, so that the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 can smoothly rotate relative to each other;
  • the fixing hole 39 of the rotating mechanism can be a through structure or a non-through structure.
  • the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20 can be provided with rotating mechanism fixing columns 107; when the rotating mechanism fixing holes 39 are non-through structures, the corresponding positions of the first upper shell 10 or the first lower shell 20 are provided with rotating mechanism fixing columns 107, and the rotating mechanism The fixing column 107 is disposed toward the rotation mechanism fixing hole 39 so that it can be inserted into the rotation mechanism fixing hole 39 .
  • the first upper shell or the first lower shell is provided with a cylindrical structure, and the first end of the rotating mechanism is clamped and fixed with the cylindrical structure.
  • connecting the second axle and the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 to the same platform can make the rotating mechanism 3 and the second wheel 80 rotate more smoothly. More specifically, when the second axle mounting seat 802 is disposed on the second upper shell 30, and the second axle is connected to the second upper shell 30, preferably, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably clamped on the second upper shell 30.
  • the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably arranged in the first sleeve 506 of the second upper shell 30; when the second axle mounting seat 802 is arranged in the middle shell 50, the second axle is connected to the middle shell 50, then preferably, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40, or the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably arranged in the first sleeve 506 of the middle shell 50; when the second axle mounting seat 802 is arranged on the second lower shell 40, the second axle is connected with the second lower shell 40, then preferably, the rotation mechanism 3
  • the second end 32 is rotatably disposed between the middle casing 50 and the second lower casing 40 , or the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the first sleeve 506 of the second lower casing 40 .
  • the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body 2, and the first end 31 is rotatably disposed in the first vehicle body 1;
  • the rotating mechanism 3 includes a rotating shaft 33, and the rotating shaft One end of the 33 is connected with the first vehicle body 1, and the other end is connected with the second vehicle body 2; the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are rotatably connected by a rotating shaft 33; one end of the rotating shaft 33 is provided with a limiting part 34, A limiting mechanism is provided at the position of the first vehicle body 1 or the second vehicle body 2 corresponding to the limiting portion 34 .
  • the rotating shaft 33 is rotatably connected with the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 at the same time, in order to install the second end 32 and the first end of the rotating shaft 33 31.
  • the second end 32 of the rotating shaft 33 is located between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40
  • the first end 31 is located between the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20
  • the first upper shell 10 and the middle shell 50 are provided with rotating upper connecting grooves 507
  • the first lower shell 20 and the second lower shell 40 are provided with rotating lower connecting grooves 405 at positions corresponding to the rotating upper connecting grooves 507
  • Bearings 35 are sleeved at both ends of the rotating shaft 33
  • corresponding bearing installation grooves 205 are provided on the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are rotated through the bearings 35 , and limit the rotation through the limiter.
  • the difference from the above-mentioned embodiment is that the second end 32 of the rotating shaft 33 is located between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 , and the first end 31 is located between the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 40 .
  • the first upper shell 10 and the second upper shell 30 are provided with a rotating upper connecting groove 507
  • the first lower shell 20 and the second lower shell 40 correspond to the positions of the rotating upper connecting groove 507
  • a rotating lower connecting groove 405 is provided at the center, and bearings 35 are sleeved at both ends of the rotating shaft 33.
  • the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405 are provided with corresponding bearing installation grooves 205.
  • the second vehicle body 2 is connected in rotation, and the rotation is restricted by the limiting portion.
  • both ends of the rotating shaft 33 are rotatably connected with the sleeves on the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2, more specifically, the first upper shell 10 or The first lower shell 20 is provided with a third sleeve, the second upper shell 30 or the middle shell 50 or the second lower shell 40 is provided with a first sleeve 506, one end of the rotating shaft 33 is rotatably arranged on the third sleeve, and the other One end is rotatably arranged in the first sleeve 506 .
  • a retaining spring or a washer is sleeved at the connection between the rotating shaft 33 and the first sleeve 506 and the third sleeve.
  • a lubricating layer is provided between the contact surfaces of the rotating shaft 33 and the first sleeve 506 and the third sleeve, so that the rotating shaft 33 and the first sleeve 506 and the third sleeve rotate more smoothly.
  • the lubricating layer can be lubricating oil or other common lubricating materials.
  • the balance car is equipped with a horn 409 as a prompt device.
  • the volume of the horn 409 is small, so it can be installed in the second vehicle body 2.
  • the second component group includes the horn 409. More specifically, it can be installed in the second vehicle body 2.
  • the second lower shell 40 is provided with a speaker installation slot 407 for installing the speaker 409, the speaker installation slot 407 is provided with a sound hole, and the speaker 409 is installed toward the sound hole; at the same time, for the convenience of connection, the speaker 409 needs It is connected to the control circuit board in the second vehicle body 2, that is, the second control circuit board.
  • the first component group may also include a horn 409 , and the horn 409 may also be installed in the first vehicle body 1 .
  • a main switch is provided on the first vehicle body 1 or the second vehicle body 2, and the main switch is connected to the first control board 4 or the second control board 5, as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 7 13.
  • the second lower shell 40 of the second vehicle body 2 is provided with a main switch mounting hole 408 for installing the main switch.
  • the main switch may be provided on the first lower shell 20 of the first vehicle body 1 .
  • the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are provided with handles 8 , and more specifically, the handle 8 is provided on the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 .
  • the connection of the second vehicle body 2 includes a first part and a second part which are separately arranged.
  • the first part, the second part and the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 form a handle cavity, and the handle cavity is basically located in the In the middle position of the balance car, since the weights of the first car body 1 and the second car body 2 are basically balanced, the forces on both sides of the handle 8 arranged there are also balanced. After the user holds the handle 8, take the balance The car is more energy efficient.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Automatic Cycles, And Cycles In General (AREA)
  • Motorcycle And Bicycle Frame (AREA)

Abstract

A self-balancing vehicle, comprising a first vehicle body (1) and a second vehicle body (2); the first vehicle body (1) comprises a first upper housing (10), a first lower housing (20) and a first component group, the second vehicle body (2) comprises a second upper housing (30), a middle housing (50), a second lower housing (40) and a second component group, the middle housing (50) is provided between the second upper housing (30) and the second lower housing (40), and the middle housing (50) substantially balances the weight of the first vehicle body (1) and the second vehicle body (2). The self-balancing vehicle improves the stability of the overall structure, facilitates the operation of a user, enhances the structural strength of the second vehicle body (2), and avoids affecting the service life of the self-balancing vehicle.

Description

一种平衡车a balance car 技术领域technical field
本发明涉及平衡车技术领域,尤其涉及一种平衡车。The invention relates to the technical field of balancing vehicles, in particular to a balancing vehicle.
背景技术Background technique
电动平衡车,其运作原理主要是建立在一种被称为“动态稳定”的基本原理上,利用车体内部的陀螺仪和加速度传感器,来检测车体姿态的变化,并利用伺服控制系统,驱动车轴进行相应的调整,以保持系统的平衡。是现代人用来作为代步工具、休闲娱乐的一种新型的绿色环保的产物。电动平衡车主要包括独轮和两轮两种类型,其中,双轮平衡车的安全系数较高,更适合代步出行。而一般的双轮平衡车采用左右两侧车体的结构,同时,左右两侧车体均包括上盖和下盖,平衡车内的部件大部分都固定在上盖或下盖上,导致有些结构的强度不够;一些双轮平衡车为方便安装和控制,将大部分部件设置在一侧车体中,从而使双轮平衡车出现单侧较重的问题,导致整车的稳定性难以做到统一。The operation principle of the electric balance car is mainly based on a basic principle called "dynamic stability". It uses the gyroscope and acceleration sensor inside the car body to detect the change of the car body attitude, and uses the servo control system. The drive axles are adjusted accordingly to keep the system balanced. It is a new type of green and environmentally friendly product that modern people use as a means of transportation, leisure and entertainment. Electric balance cars mainly include two types: one-wheel and two-wheel. Among them, two-wheel balance cars have a higher safety factor and are more suitable for travel. The general two-wheeled balance car adopts the structure of the left and right sides. At the same time, the left and right sides of the car body include an upper cover and a lower cover. Most of the components in the balance car are fixed on the upper cover or the lower cover, resulting in some The strength of the structure is not enough; for the convenience of installation and control of some two-wheeled balance cars, most of the components are arranged in one side of the body, so that the two-wheeled balance car has a problem of heavier one side, which makes the stability of the whole vehicle difficult to achieve. to unity.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
为了克服现有技术的不足,本发明的目的在于提供一种平衡车,有利于保持车体平衡,整车的稳定性更强,使用更安全。In order to overcome the deficiencies of the prior art, the purpose of the present invention is to provide a balance vehicle, which is beneficial to maintain the balance of the vehicle body, has stronger stability of the whole vehicle, and is safer to use.
本发明的目的采用如下技术方案实现:The purpose of the present invention adopts following technical scheme to realize:
一种平衡车,包括第一车体和第二车体,所述第一车体包括第一上壳、第一下壳和第一部件组,所述第二车体包括第二上壳、中壳、第二下壳和第二部件组,所述中壳设置在所述第二上壳和所述第二下壳之间,所述中壳使 所述第一车体和第二车体的重量基本平衡。A balance car includes a first car body and a second car body, the first car body includes a first upper shell, a first lower shell and a first component group, the second car body includes a second upper shell, A middle shell, a second lower shell, and a second component group, the middle shell is disposed between the second upper shell and the second lower shell, and the middle shell makes the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body The weight of the body is basically balanced.
优选地,所述第一部件组包括电池组件;Preferably, the first component group includes a battery pack;
所述电池组件设置在所述第一上壳上,所述第一上壳上设置有电池定位柱,所述电池组件通过所述电池定位柱与所述第一上壳固定;或,所述电池组件设置在所述第一下壳上,所述第一下壳上设置有电池定位柱,所述电池组件通过所述电池定位柱与所述第一下壳固定。The battery assembly is disposed on the first upper case, a battery positioning post is disposed on the first upper case, and the battery assembly is fixed to the first upper case through the battery positioning post; or, the The battery assembly is arranged on the first lower case, a battery positioning post is arranged on the first lower case, and the battery assembly is fixed to the first lower case through the battery positioning post.
优选地,所述电池定位柱包括电池预定位柱和电池锁紧柱,所述电池组件的外壁上对应设有预定位槽和锁紧孔;和/或Preferably, the battery positioning column includes a battery pre-positioning column and a battery locking column, and a pre-positioning slot and a locking hole are correspondingly provided on the outer wall of the battery assembly; and/or
所述电池定位柱包括两组,两组所述电池定位柱在所述第一上壳上或所述第一下壳上对称设置。The battery positioning posts include two groups, and the two sets of battery positioning posts are symmetrically arranged on the first upper case or the first lower case.
优选地,所述中壳与所述第二上壳连接;和/或所述中壳与所述第二下壳连接。Preferably, the middle case is connected with the second upper case; and/or the middle case is connected with the second lower case.
优选地,所述中壳上设置第一连接结构,所述第二上壳上对应设置第二连接结构,所述第一连接结构和所述第二连接结构配合使得所述中壳与所述第二上壳连接,所述第一连接结构和所述第二连接结构是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合;和/或Preferably, a first connection structure is provided on the middle case, a second connection structure is correspondingly provided on the second upper case, and the first connection structure and the second connection structure cooperate so that the middle case and the The second upper shell is connected, and the first connecting structure and the second connecting structure are any combination of connecting holes or connecting posts; and/or
所述中壳上设置第三连接结构,所述第二下壳上对应设置第四连接结构,所述第三连接结构和所述第四连接结构配合使得所述中壳与所述第二下壳连接,所述第三连接结构和所述第四连接结构是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合。A third connection structure is arranged on the middle shell, and a fourth connection structure is correspondingly arranged on the second lower shell. The third connection structure and the fourth connection structure cooperate so that the middle shell and the second lower shell cooperate Shell connection, the third connection structure and the fourth connection structure are any combination of connection holes or connection posts.
优选地,所述中壳与所述第二上壳连接时,所述第一连接结构有两个,两个所述第一连接结构在所述中壳上对称设置,和/或两个所述第一连接结构的连线与水平线垂直;Preferably, when the middle case is connected to the second upper case, there are two first connection structures, two of the first connection structures are symmetrically arranged on the middle case, and/or two of the first connection structures are arranged symmetrically on the middle case. The connecting line of the first connecting structure is perpendicular to the horizontal line;
所述中壳与所述第二下壳连接时,所述第三连接结构有两个,两个所述 第三连接结构在所述中壳上对称设置,和/或两个所述第三连接结构的连线与水平线垂直。When the middle case is connected to the second lower case, there are two third connection structures, two of the third connection structures are symmetrically arranged on the middle case, and/or two of the third connection structures The connecting lines connecting the structures are perpendicular to the horizontal lines.
优选地,所述第二上壳的下部设有容纳部,所述中壳置于所述容纳部中,且所述容纳部的下表面与所述中壳的上表面接触;或Preferably, the lower part of the second upper case is provided with a receiving part, the middle case is placed in the receiving part, and the lower surface of the receiving part is in contact with the upper surface of the middle case; or
所述第二下壳上侧设置容纳部,所述中壳设置在所述容纳部中;An accommodating portion is arranged on the upper side of the second lower shell, and the middle shell is arranged in the accommodating portion;
or
所述第二上壳下侧和所述第二下壳上侧共同形成容纳部,所述中壳设置在所述容纳部中,所述中壳的上表面与所述第二上壳的下表面接触。The lower side of the second upper shell and the upper side of the second lower shell together form a accommodating portion, the middle shell is arranged in the accommodating portion, and the upper surface of the middle shell and the lower surface of the second upper shell surface contact.
优选地,所述中壳的厚度大于所述第二上壳的厚度;和/或,所述中壳上设有中壳加强筋。Preferably, the thickness of the middle shell is greater than the thickness of the second upper shell; and/or, the middle shell is provided with a middle shell reinforcing rib.
优选地,所述第二上壳上设置第五连接结构,所述第二下壳上对应设置第六连接结构,所述第五连接结构和所述第六连接结构配合使得所述第二上壳与所述第二下壳连接;所述第五连接结构和所述第六连接结构是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合;和/或Preferably, a fifth connecting structure is provided on the second upper shell, a sixth connecting structure is correspondingly provided on the second lower shell, and the fifth connecting structure and the sixth connecting structure cooperate so that the second upper shell the shell is connected to the second lower shell; the fifth connecting structure and the sixth connecting structure are any combination of connecting holes or connecting posts; and/or
所述第一上壳上设置第七连接结构,所述第一下壳上对应设置第八连接结构,所述第七连接结构和所述第八连接结构配合使得所述第一上壳与所述第一下壳连接,所述第七连接结构和所述第八连接结构是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合。The first upper case is provided with a seventh connection structure, and the first lower case is provided with an eighth connection structure correspondingly, and the seventh connection structure and the eighth connection structure cooperate so that the first upper case and the The first lower shell is connected, and the seventh connection structure and the eighth connection structure are any combination of connection holes or connection posts.
优选地,所述第二上壳的上表面和所述第一上壳的上表面在同一水平面上。Preferably, the upper surface of the second upper shell and the upper surface of the first upper shell are on the same level.
优选地,第一部件组包括第一车轮,第二部件组包括第二车轮,所述第一车轮设置在所述第一上壳远离所述中壳的外侧端上,所述第二车轮设置在所述中壳远离所述第一上壳的外侧端上。Preferably, the first component group includes a first wheel, the second component group includes a second wheel, the first wheel is disposed on the outer end of the first upper shell away from the middle shell, and the second wheel is disposed on the outer end of the middle shell away from the first upper shell.
优选地,所述第二车轮包括第二车轴,所述第二上壳靠近第二车轮的一侧设有第一车轮挡板,所述第二下壳靠近所述第二车轮的一侧设有第二车轮挡板,所述第一车轮挡板和所述第二车轮挡板对应设置,形成对第二车轴的密封,设置所述中壳靠近所述第二车轮的外侧端与所述第一车轮挡板或所述第二车轮挡板相抵,以定位所述中壳;和/或Preferably, the second wheel includes a second axle, a first wheel baffle is provided on a side of the second upper shell close to the second wheel, and a side of the second lower shell close to the second wheel is provided There is a second wheel baffle, the first wheel baffle and the second wheel baffle are arranged correspondingly to form a seal for the second axle, and the middle shell is arranged close to the outer end of the second wheel and the second wheel baffle. Either the first wheel guard or the second wheel guard abuts to position the mid-shell; and/or
所述第一车轮包括第一车轴,所述第一上壳靠近第一车轮的一侧设有第三车轮挡板,所述第一下壳靠近所述第一车轮的一侧设有第四车轮挡板,所述第三车轮挡板和所述第四车轮挡板对应设置,形成对第一车轴的密封。The first wheel includes a first axle, the side of the first upper shell close to the first wheel is provided with a third wheel baffle, and the side of the first lower shell close to the first wheel is provided with a fourth wheel baffle. The wheel baffle, the third wheel baffle and the fourth wheel baffle are arranged correspondingly to form a seal for the first axle.
优选地,所述第一部件组还包括第一挡泥板,所述第一挡泥板设置在所述第一上壳的外侧,并位于所述第一车轮上方,所述第一挡泥板和所述第一上壳为一体结构;和/或Preferably, the first component group further includes a first mudguard, the first mudguard is arranged on the outer side of the first upper shell and is located above the first wheel, the first mudguard The plate and the first upper shell are integral structures; and/or
所述第二部件组还包括第二挡泥板,所述第二挡泥板设置在所述第二上壳的外侧,并位于所述第二车轮上方,所述第二挡泥板和所述第二上壳为一体结构。The second component group further includes a second fender, the second fender is arranged on the outer side of the second upper shell and is located above the second wheel, the second fender and all the The second upper shell is an integral structure.
优选地,所述第一部件组包括第一踏板,所述第二部件组包括第二踏板,所述第一踏板设置在所述第一上壳上,所述第二踏板设置在所述第二上壳或所述中壳上;Preferably, the first component group includes a first pedal, the second component group includes a second pedal, the first pedal is arranged on the first upper shell, and the second pedal is arranged on the first pedal on the upper shell or the middle shell;
所述第一踏板的结构如下:一体踏板,或包括踏皮和踏垫组成;The structure of the first pedal is as follows: an integrated pedal, or consisting of a pedal leather and a pedal pad;
所述第二踏板的结构如下:一体踏板,或包括踏皮和踏垫组成。The structure of the second pedal is as follows: an integrated pedal, or composed of a pedal skin and a pedal pad.
优选地,所述第一上壳上设有第一踏板安装孔,所述第一踏板通过第一踏板安装孔设置在所述第一上壳上;Preferably, the first upper shell is provided with a first pedal installation hole, and the first pedal is disposed on the first upper shell through the first pedal installation hole;
所述第二上壳上设置第二踏板第一安装孔,所述第二踏板包括活动连接固定柱,所述活动连接固定柱与所述第二踏板第一安装孔配合连接。The second upper shell is provided with a first installation hole for a second pedal, the second pedal includes an movable connection fixing column, and the movable connection fixing column is matched and connected with the first installation hole of the second pedal.
优选地,对应所述第二踏板第一安装孔位置,所述中壳上设置第二踏板第二安装孔;所述活动连接固定柱与所述第二踏板第一安装孔和所述第二踏板第二安装孔配合,使得所述第二踏板活动固定在所述第二上壳上。Preferably, corresponding to the position of the first installation hole of the second pedal, a second installation hole of the second pedal is provided on the middle shell; the movable connection fixing column is connected with the first installation hole of the second pedal and the second The second mounting hole of the pedal is matched, so that the second pedal is movably fixed on the second upper shell.
优选地,所述第二上壳上设置通孔,所述中壳上设置第二踏板第二安装孔,所述第二踏板包括活动连接固定柱;所述活动连接固定柱穿过所述通孔并与所述第二踏板第二安装孔配合,使得所述第二踏板活动固定在所述中壳上。Preferably, the second upper shell is provided with a through hole, the middle shell is provided with a second mounting hole for the second pedal, and the second pedal includes an movable connection fixing column; the movable connection fixing column passes through the through hole. The hole is matched with the second mounting hole of the second pedal, so that the second pedal is movably fixed on the middle shell.
优选地,所述第二部件组还包括第二光电开关,所述第二光电开关设置在所述中壳的下侧;所述第二踏板包括触点,所述中壳上设置触点贯穿孔;所述第二踏板设置在第二上壳上时,所述第二上壳上设置触点孔,所述触点通过所述触点孔、所述触点贯穿孔与所述第二光电开关配合;所述第二踏板设置在中壳上时,所述触点通过所述触点贯穿孔与所述第二光电开关配合;所述触点贯穿孔中设置弹簧,使得第二踏板可以回弹。Preferably, the second component group further includes a second photoelectric switch, and the second photoelectric switch is disposed on the lower side of the middle shell; the second pedal includes a contact, and the middle shell is provided with a contact passing through. When the second pedal is arranged on the second upper shell, a contact hole is arranged on the second upper shell, and the contact passes through the contact hole, the contact through hole and the second upper shell. The photoelectric switch is matched; when the second pedal is arranged on the middle shell, the contact is matched with the second photoelectric switch through the contact through hole; a spring is arranged in the contact through hole, so that the second pedal Can bounce back.
优选地,所述第二部件组还包括第二光电开关,所述第二光电开关设置在所述第二上壳上,位于所述第二踏板下方;所述第二上壳上设有用于安装所述第二光电开关的安装槽,所述第二光电开关置于所述安装槽中;所述第二踏板包括触点,所述触点与所述第二光电开关对应设置;所述中壳上设有活动安装孔,所述第二上壳上设有触点孔,所述触点孔与活动安装孔对应,所述第二踏板还包括触点柱,所述触点柱与所述活动安装孔相适配,所述活动安装孔中设置弹簧,使得第二踏板可以回弹。Preferably, the second component group further includes a second photoelectric switch, and the second photoelectric switch is arranged on the second upper casing and is located below the second pedal; the second upper casing is provided with a an installation groove for installing the second photoelectric switch, and the second photoelectric switch is placed in the installation groove; the second pedal includes a contact, and the contact is arranged corresponding to the second photoelectric switch; the The middle shell is provided with a movable mounting hole, the second upper shell is provided with a contact hole, the contact hole corresponds to the movable mounting hole, and the second pedal further includes a contact post, which is connected to the contact post. The movable mounting hole is adapted to fit, and a spring is arranged in the movable mounting hole, so that the second pedal can rebound.
优选地,所述中壳下侧设置第二车轴安装座,或所述第二上壳下侧设置第二车轴安装座,或所述第二下壳上设置第二车轴安装座;所述第二车轴安装座包括第二车轴压片固定孔和第二车轴安装槽;所述第二车轴压片固定孔 包括两组,两组所述第二车轴压片固定孔对称设置在所述第二车轴安装槽两侧;和/或Preferably, a second axle mounting seat is provided on the lower side of the middle shell, or a second axle mounting seat is provided on the lower side of the second upper shell, or a second axle mounting seat is provided on the second lower shell; The second axle mounting seat includes a second axle pressing piece fixing hole and a second axle mounting slot; the second axle pressing piece fixing hole includes two groups, and the two sets of the second axle pressing piece fixing hole are symmetrically arranged on the second axle pressing piece fixing hole. Both sides of the axle mounting slot; and/or
所述第一上壳下侧设置第一车轴安装座,或,所述第一下壳上设置第一车轴安装座;所述第一车轴安装座包括第一车轴压片固定孔和第一车轴安装槽;所述第一车轴压片固定孔包括两组,两组所述第一车轴压片固定孔对称设置在所述第一车轴安装槽两侧。A first axle mounting seat is arranged on the lower side of the first upper shell, or, a first axle mounting seat is arranged on the first lower shell; the first axle mounting seat includes a first axle pressing plate fixing hole and a first axle An installation groove; the first axle pressing piece fixing holes include two groups, and the two sets of the first axle pressing piece fixing holes are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the first axle installation groove.
优选地,所述中壳下侧设置第二控制板连接柱,或所述第二上壳下侧设置第二控制板连接柱;所述第二控制板连接柱包括两组,两组所述第二控制板连接柱分别位于所述第二车轴安装座的两侧;和/或Preferably, a second control board connecting column is arranged on the lower side of the middle shell, or a second control board connecting column is arranged on the lower side of the second upper shell; the second control board connecting column includes two groups, and the two groups of the The second control panel connecting posts are respectively located on both sides of the second axle mounting seat; and/or
所述第一上壳下侧设置第一控制板连接柱;所述第一控制板连接柱包括两组,两组所述第一控制板连接柱分别设置在所述第一车轴安装座的两侧。The lower side of the first upper shell is provided with a first control board connecting column; the first control board connecting column includes two groups, and the two groups of the first control board connecting column are respectively arranged on two sides of the first axle mounting seat. side.
优选地,平衡车还包括转动机构,所述转动机构的一端设置在第一车体中,另一端设置在第二车体中,使第一车体和第二车体可相对转动。Preferably, the balance car further includes a rotating mechanism, one end of the rotating mechanism is arranged in the first vehicle body, and the other end is arranged in the second vehicle body, so that the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body can rotate relative to each other.
优选地,所述转动机构的第一端固定设置在所述第一上壳和所述第一下壳之间;Preferably, the first end of the rotating mechanism is fixedly arranged between the first upper shell and the first lower shell;
所述转动机构的第二端可转动的设置在所述中壳和所述第二下壳之间,所述中壳上和/或所述第二下壳上设置限位机构;或The second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed between the middle shell and the second lower shell, and a limiting mechanism is provided on the middle shell and/or on the second lower shell; or
所述转动机构的第二端可转动地设置在所述中壳中,所述中壳对应位置设有筒状部,所述转动机构可在所述筒状部内转动;或The second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed in the middle shell, the middle shell is provided with a cylindrical portion at a corresponding position, and the rotating mechanism can rotate in the cylindrical portion; or
所述转动机构的第二端可转动的设置所述第二下壳中,所述第二下壳对应位置处设置筒状部,所述转动机构可在所述筒状部内转动;或The second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed in the second lower casing, a cylindrical portion is provided at a corresponding position of the second lower casing, and the rotating mechanism can rotate in the cylindrical portion; or
所述转动机构的第二端可转动的夹设在所述第二上壳和所述第二下壳之间,所述第二上壳上和/或所述第二下壳上设置限位机构。The second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably sandwiched between the second upper shell and the second lower shell, and a limit is set on the second upper shell and/or the second lower shell mechanism.
优选地,所述筒状部内设置第一套筒,所述转动机构可在所述第一套筒内转动。Preferably, a first sleeve is provided in the cylindrical portion, and the rotating mechanism can rotate in the first sleeve.
优选地,所述转动机构的第二端可转动的设置在所述中壳和所述第二下壳之间时,所述中壳设置转动上连接槽,所述第二下壳对应所述转动上连接槽的位置处设置转动下连接槽,所述转动机构可转动的设置在所述转动上连接槽和所述转动下连接槽之间;Preferably, when the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed between the middle casing and the second lower casing, the middle casing is provided with a rotating upper connecting groove, and the second lower casing corresponds to the second lower casing. A rotating lower connecting groove is arranged at the position of the rotating upper connecting groove, and the rotating mechanism is rotatably arranged between the rotating upper connecting groove and the rotating lower connecting groove;
所述转动下连接槽中设置限位块安装槽,和/或所述转动上连接槽中设置限位块安装槽;A limit block installation groove is set in the lower rotating connecting groove, and/or a limit block installation groove is set in the rotating upper connecting groove;
所述转动上连接槽中设置指示灯板安装柱;An indicator light board mounting post is arranged in the upper connecting groove of the rotation;
所述转动上连接槽中设置第一指示灯孔,对应所述第一指示灯孔位置处,所述第二上壳上设置第二指示灯孔,对应所述第二指示灯孔位置处,所述第二上壳上设置指示灯罩。A first indicator hole is arranged in the upper rotating connecting groove, corresponding to the position of the first indicator hole, and a second indicator hole is arranged on the second upper shell, corresponding to the position of the second indicator hole, An indicator light cover is arranged on the second upper shell.
优选地,平衡车还包括轴承;所述转动上连接槽和所述转动下连接槽中设有限位槽,所述轴承设置在所述限位槽之间,并配合所述转动机构转动。Preferably, the balance car further includes a bearing; a limit groove is provided in the upper rotation connecting groove and the lower connecting groove, and the bearing is arranged between the limit grooves and rotates in cooperation with the rotating mechanism.
优选地,平衡车还包括第二套筒;所述转动上连接槽中设置套筒安装槽,所述第二套筒设置在所述套筒安装槽中,并配合所述转动机构转动。Preferably, the balance car further includes a second sleeve; a sleeve installation groove is provided in the upper rotating connecting groove, and the second sleeve is arranged in the sleeve installation groove and rotates in cooperation with the rotating mechanism.
优选地,所述第一上壳靠近第二上壳的一端设置转动机构上固定槽,对应的,所述第一下壳靠近所述第二下壳的一端设置转动机构下固定槽,所述转动机构固定在所述转动机构上固定槽和所述转动机构下固定槽之间;或Preferably, an end of the first upper casing close to the second upper casing is provided with a rotating mechanism upper fixing groove, and correspondingly, an end of the first lower casing close to the second lower casing is provided with a rotating mechanism lower fixing groove, the The rotating mechanism is fixed between the upper fixing groove of the rotating mechanism and the lower fixing groove of the rotating mechanism; or
所述第一上壳靠近第二上壳的一端设置转动机构固定柱,所述转动机构通过所述转动机构固定柱固定在所述第一上壳和所述第一下壳之间。One end of the first upper casing close to the second upper casing is provided with a rotating mechanism fixing column, and the rotating mechanism is fixed between the first upper casing and the first lower casing through the rotating mechanism fixing column.
优选地,所述转动机构的第二端可转动地设置在第二车体中,第一端可转动地设置在第一车体中;所述转动机构包括转轴,所述转轴的一端与所述 第一车体连接,另一端与所述第二车体连接;所述转轴相对所述第一车体和第二车体转动;所述转轴的一端设有限位部,所述第一车体或所述第二车体与所述限位部对应的位置设有限位机构;Preferably, the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body, and the first end is rotatably disposed in the first vehicle body; the rotating mechanism includes a rotating shaft, one end of the rotating shaft is connected to the The first vehicle body is connected, and the other end is connected to the second vehicle body; the rotating shaft rotates relative to the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body; A limiting mechanism is provided at the position of the body or the second body and the position corresponding to the limiting portion;
所述第一上壳和所述中壳上设置转动上连接槽,所述第一下壳和所述第二下壳上对应所述转动上连接槽的位置处设置转动下连接槽,所述转轴的两端套设有轴承,所述转动上连接槽和所述转动下连接槽上设有对应的轴承安装槽;或者The first upper shell and the middle shell are provided with rotating upper connecting grooves, the first lower shell and the second lower shell are provided with rotating lower connecting grooves at positions corresponding to the rotating upper connecting grooves, and the Bearings are sleeved at both ends of the rotating shaft, and corresponding bearing installation grooves are provided on the rotating upper connecting groove and the rotating lower connecting groove; or
所述第一上壳和所述第二上壳上设置转动上连接槽,所述第一下壳和所述第二下壳上对应所述转动上连接槽的位置处设置转动下连接槽,所述转轴的两端套设有轴承,所述转动上连接槽和所述转动下连接槽上设有对应的轴承安装槽;或者The first upper shell and the second upper shell are provided with rotating upper connecting grooves, and the first lower shell and the second lower shell are provided with rotating lower connecting grooves at positions corresponding to the rotating upper connecting grooves, Bearings are sleeved at both ends of the rotating shaft, and corresponding bearing installation grooves are provided on the rotating upper connecting groove and the rotating lower connecting groove; or
所述第一上壳或第一下壳上设置有第三套筒,第二上壳或中壳或第二下壳上设有第一套筒,转轴的一端转动设置在所述第三套筒,另一端转动设置在所述第一套筒中。The first upper shell or the first lower shell is provided with a third sleeve, the second upper shell or the middle shell or the second lower shell is provided with a first sleeve, and one end of the rotating shaft is rotatably arranged on the third sleeve. The other end is rotatably arranged in the first sleeve.
优选地,所述第一部件组包括第一控制板,所述第二部件组包括第二控制板;所述第一控制板设置所述第一上壳和所述第一下壳之间;所述第二控制板设置在所述中壳和所述第二下壳之间;所述第一控制板与所述第一上壳或所述第一下壳固定连接;所述第二控制板与所述第二上壳或所述中壳或所述第二下壳固定连接。Preferably, the first component group includes a first control board, and the second component group includes a second control board; the first control board is disposed between the first upper shell and the first lower shell; the second control board is arranged between the middle shell and the second lower shell; the first control board is fixedly connected with the first upper shell or the first lower shell; the second control board The plate is fixedly connected with the second upper shell or the middle shell or the second lower shell.
优选地,所述第二部件组包括喇叭;所述第二下壳内设置喇叭安装槽,所述喇叭设置在所述喇叭安装槽内。Preferably, the second component group includes a horn; a horn installation groove is provided in the second lower shell, and the horn is arranged in the horn installation groove.
优选地,平衡车还包括总开关,所述第二下壳内侧设置总开关安装孔,所述总开关设置所述总开关安装孔内。Preferably, the balance car further includes a main switch, a main switch installation hole is provided inside the second lower shell, and the main switch is arranged in the main switch installation hole.
优选地,平衡车还包括提手;所述提手设置在第一车体和第二车体的连接处;所述提手包括分离设置的第一部和第二部,所述第一部、所述第二部以及所述第一车体和所述第二车体形成提手腔。Preferably, the balance scooter further includes a handle; the handle is provided at the connection between the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body; the handle includes a first part and a second part provided separately, the first part , the second part and the first body and the second body form a handle cavity.
相比现有技术,本发明的有益效果在于:Compared with the prior art, the beneficial effects of the present invention are:
本发明的平衡车利用中壳使第一车体和第二车体的重量基本平衡,从而使平衡车的整体结构的稳定性提高,方便用户操作,也增强了第二车体的结构强度,避免影响平衡车的使用寿命。The balance car of the present invention utilizes the middle shell to basically balance the weights of the first car body and the second car body, so that the stability of the overall structure of the balance car is improved, the user's operation is convenient, and the structural strength of the second car body is also enhanced. Avoid affecting the service life of the balance car.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本发明一实施例的平衡车的爆炸结构示意图,其显示了第二车体中设置有中壳的实施方式,显示了第一车体中设有电池组件的实施方式,还显示了转动机构的第二端位于中壳和第二下壳之间的实施方式;1 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a self-balancing vehicle according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which a middle shell is arranged in the second vehicle body, an embodiment in which a battery assembly is arranged in the first vehicle body, and an embodiment in which a battery assembly is arranged in the first vehicle body. An embodiment in which the second end of the rotating mechanism is located between the middle shell and the second lower shell;
图2为图1中实施例的平衡车的另一角度的爆炸结构示意图;Fig. 2 is the exploded structure schematic diagram of another angle of the balance car of the embodiment in Fig. 1;
图3为图1中实施例的平衡车的剖面结构示意图,其显示了电池组件与第一上壳连接的实施方式;FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the self-balancing vehicle of the embodiment in FIG. 1 , which shows an embodiment in which the battery assembly is connected to the first upper shell;
图4为图1中实施例的平衡车的另一角度的剖面结构示意图,其显示了第二车轴安装座位于中壳上的实施方式,显示了转动机构的第二端位于中壳和第二下壳之间的实施方式,还显示了第二踏板设置在第二上壳上的实施方式;FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in FIG. 1 from another angle, which shows an embodiment in which the second axle mounting seat is located on the middle shell, and shows that the second end of the rotating mechanism is located in the middle shell and the second The embodiment between the lower shells also shows the embodiment in which the second pedal is arranged on the second upper shell;
图5为本发明另一实施例的平衡车的爆炸结构示意图,显示了转动机构的第二端位于中壳的筒状部中的实施方式;5 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a self-balancing vehicle according to another embodiment of the present invention, showing an embodiment in which the second end of the rotating mechanism is located in the cylindrical portion of the middle shell;
图6为图5中实施例的平衡车的剖面结构示意图;Fig. 6 is the sectional structure schematic diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in Fig. 5;
图7为本发明另一实施例的平衡车的爆炸结构示意图,显示了转动机构 的第二端位于第二下壳的筒状部中的实施方式;Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a balance car according to another embodiment of the present invention, showing an embodiment in which the second end of the rotating mechanism is located in the cylindrical portion of the second lower shell;
图8为图7中实施例的平衡车的剖面结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in FIG. 7;
图9为本发明另一实施例的平衡车的爆炸结构示意图,显示了转动机构的第二端位于第二上壳和第二下壳之间的实施方式;9 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a self-balancing vehicle according to another embodiment of the present invention, showing an embodiment in which the second end of the rotating mechanism is located between the second upper shell and the second lower shell;
图10为图9中的平衡车的剖面结构示意图,显示了第二车轴安装座设置在第二上壳上的实施方式;FIG. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car in FIG. 9 , showing an embodiment in which the second axle mounting seat is arranged on the second upper shell;
图11为本发明另一实施例的平衡车的爆炸结构示意图,显示了第二踏板设置在中壳上的实施方式;11 is a schematic diagram of an explosion structure of a balance car according to another embodiment of the present invention, showing an embodiment in which the second pedal is arranged on the middle shell;
图12为图11中实施例的平衡车的剖面结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in FIG. 11;
图13为本发明另一实施例的平衡车的爆炸结构示意图,其显示了第二车轴安装座位于中壳上的另一种实施方式,显示了转动机构的第二端位于中壳和第二下壳之间的实施方式;13 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a balance car according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows another embodiment in which the second axle mounting seat is located on the middle shell, and shows that the second end of the rotating mechanism is located in the middle shell and the second Embodiments between the lower shells;
图14为图13中实施例的平衡车的剖面结构示意图,其显示了触点贯穿孔设置在第二上壳上的实施方式;Fig. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the self-balancing vehicle of the embodiment in Fig. 13, which shows an embodiment in which the contact through holes are arranged on the second upper shell;
图15为本发明另一实施例的平衡车的爆炸结构示意图,其显示了转动机构的第一端转动设置在第一车体中,第二端转动设置在第二车体中的实施方式;15 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a balance car according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the first end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably arranged in the first vehicle body, and the second end is rotatably arranged in the second vehicle body;
图16为图15中实施例的平衡车的剖面结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in FIG. 15;
图17为本发明另一实施例的平衡车的爆炸结构示意图,其显示了光电开关设置在第一上壳上的实施方式,还显示了当第二踏板设置在中壳上时,光电开关设置在中壳上的实施方式;17 is a schematic diagram of an exploded structure of a balance car according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the photoelectric switch is arranged on the first upper shell, and also shows that when the second pedal is arranged on the middle shell, the photoelectric switch is arranged Embodiment on the mid-shell;
图18为图17中实施例的平衡车的剖面结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in FIG. 17;
图19为本发明另一实施例的平衡车的爆炸结构示意图,其显示了光电开 关设置在第一上壳上的实施方式,还显示了光电开关设置在第二上壳上时的实施方式;Fig. 19 is the exploded structure schematic diagram of the balance car of another embodiment of the present invention, and it shows the embodiment when the photoelectric switch is arranged on the first upper casing, and also shows the embodiment when the photoelectric switch is arranged on the second upper casing;
图20为图19中实施例的平衡车的剖面结构示意图;Fig. 20 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of the balance car of the embodiment in Fig. 19;
图21为本发明一实施例的中壳的结构示意图,其显示了触点贯穿孔设置在中壳上的实施方式,显示了第二车轴安装座设置在中壳上的实施方式;21 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle shell according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which a contact through hole is arranged on the middle shell, and an embodiment in which a second axle mounting seat is arranged on the middle shell;
图22为图21中实施例的中壳的另一角度的结构示意图,还显示当转动机构的第二端位于中壳和第二下壳之间时中壳的结构;Fig. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the middle shell of the embodiment in Fig. 21, and also shows the structure of the middle shell when the second end of the rotating mechanism is located between the middle shell and the second lower shell;
图23为本发明另一实施例的中壳的结构示意图,其显示了中壳上设置筒状部的实施方式;23 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which a cylindrical portion is arranged on the middle case;
图24为图23中实施例的中壳的另一角度的结构示意图;FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the middle case of the embodiment in FIG. 23;
图25为本发明另一实施例的中壳的结构示意图,其显示了当转动机构的第二端设置在第二上壳和第二下壳之间时的中壳的结构,还显示了第二车轴安装座设置在第二上壳上时的中壳的结构;25 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows the structure of the middle case when the second end of the rotating mechanism is disposed between the second upper case and the second lower case, and also shows the first The structure of the middle shell when the two axle mounting seats are arranged on the second upper shell;
图26为图25中的实施例的中壳的另一角度的结构示意图;FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the middle case of the embodiment in FIG. 25;
图27为本发明另一实施例的中壳的结构示意图,显示了其显示了第二车轴安装座位于中壳上的另一种实施方式,还显示了触点贯穿孔设置在第二上壳上时中壳的结构;27 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle shell according to another embodiment of the present invention, showing another embodiment in which the second axle mounting seat is located on the middle shell, and also showing that the contact through holes are arranged on the second upper shell The structure of the middle shell in the upper time;
图28为图27中实施例的中壳的另一角度的结构示意图;Fig. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the middle case of the embodiment in Fig. 27;
图29为本发明一实施例的第二上壳的结构示意图,其显示了第二上壳设置覆盖部的实施方式,还显示了第二踏板设置在第二上壳上的实施方式;29 is a schematic structural diagram of a second upper casing according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the second upper casing is provided with a covering portion, and also shows an embodiment in which the second pedal is disposed on the second upper casing;
图30为本发明另一实施例的第二上壳的结构示意图,其显示了指示灯板设置在第二上壳对应位置的实施方式,还显示了第二踏板与中壳直接连接时第二上壳的结构;30 is a schematic structural diagram of the second upper shell according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the indicator light board is arranged at a corresponding position of the second upper shell, and also shows the second pedal when the second pedal is directly connected to the middle shell. The structure of the upper shell;
图31为本发明另一实施例的第二上壳的结构示意图,其显示了当转动机构的第二端设置在第二上壳和第二下壳之间时第二上壳的结构,还显示了第二车轴安装座设置在第二上壳上的实施方式;31 is a schematic structural diagram of the second upper case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows the structure of the second upper case when the second end of the rotating mechanism is disposed between the second upper case and the second lower case, and also showing an embodiment in which the second axle mount is provided on the second upper shell;
图32为本发明另一实施例的第二上壳的结构示意图,其显示了第二上壳设置覆盖部的实施方式,还显示了触点贯穿孔和第二控制板连接柱设置在第二上壳上的实施方式;32 is a schematic structural diagram of a second upper case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the second upper case is provided with a covering portion, and also shows that the contact through holes and the second control board connecting posts are arranged in the second upper case. the embodiment on the upper shell;
图33为本发明一实施例的第二下壳的结构示意图,其显示了第二下壳上设有筒状部的实施方式;33 is a schematic structural diagram of a second lower case according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which a cylindrical portion is provided on the second lower case;
图34为本发明另一实施例的第二下壳的结构示意图,其显示了转动机构的第二端与第二下壳转动连接的实施方式,还显示了限位机构设置在第二下壳上的实施方式;FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of the second lower case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows an embodiment in which the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably connected to the second lower case, and also shows that the limiting mechanism is disposed on the second lower case. implementation of the above;
图35为本发明另一实施例的第二上壳的结构示意图,其显示了光电开关设置在第二上壳上时第二上壳的结构;35 is a schematic structural diagram of a second upper casing according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows the structure of the second upper casing when the photoelectric switch is arranged on the second upper casing;
图36为图35中实施例的第二上壳的另一角度的结构示意图;FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the second upper casing of the embodiment in FIG. 35;
图37为本发明一实施例的第一上壳的结构示意图,其显示了光电开关设置在第一上壳上时第一上壳的结构;37 is a schematic structural diagram of a first upper casing according to an embodiment of the present invention, which shows the structure of the first upper casing when the photoelectric switch is disposed on the first upper casing;
图38为本发明另一实施例的中壳的结构示意图,其显示了光电开关设置在中壳上时中壳的结构;38 is a schematic structural diagram of a middle case according to another embodiment of the present invention, which shows the structure of the middle case when the photoelectric switch is arranged on the middle case;
图39为图38中实施例的中壳的另一角度的结构示意图。FIG. 39 is a schematic structural diagram of another angle of the middle case of the embodiment in FIG. 38 .
图中,1、第一车体;2、第二车体;3、转动机构;31、第一端;32、第二端;33、转轴;34、限位部;35、轴承;36、限位套;37、限位块;38、限位块安装槽;39、转动机构固定孔;4、第一控制板;5、第二控制板;6、第一踏板;61、第一活动柱;62、第一触点;7、第二踏板;71、活动连接固 定柱;72、第二触点;8、提手;In the figure, 1, the first car body; 2, the second car body; 3, the rotating mechanism; 31, the first end; 32, the second end; 33, the rotating shaft; 34, the limit part; 35, the bearing; 36, Limiting sleeve; 37. Limiting block; 38. Limiting block installation slot; 39. Fixing hole for rotating mechanism; 4. First control board; 5. Second control board; 6. First pedal; 61. First activity Column; 62, first contact point; 7, second pedal; 71, movable connection fixed column; 72, second contact point; 8, handle;
10、第一上壳;101、第七连接结构;102、第一控制板连接柱;103、第三车轮挡板;104、第一挡泥板;105、第一踏板安装孔;106、转动机构上固定槽;107、转动机构固定柱;108、第一踏板安装槽;10. The first upper shell; 101. The seventh connection structure; 102, The first control panel connecting column; 103, The third wheel baffle; 104, The first fender; 105, The first pedal mounting hole; Fixing groove on the mechanism; 107. Fixing column of the rotating mechanism; 108. The first pedal installation groove;
20、第一下壳;201、第八连接结构;202、第四车轮挡板;203、第一车轴槽;204、转动机构下固定槽;205、轴承安装槽;20, the first lower shell; 201, the eighth connection structure; 202, the fourth wheel baffle; 203, the first axle slot; 204, the lower fixing slot of the rotating mechanism; 205, the bearing installation slot;
30、第二上壳;301、第二连接结构;302、容纳部;303、第五连接结构;304、第二控制板连接柱;305、第一车轮挡板;306、第二挡泥板;307、第二踏板第一安装孔;308、通孔;309、触点孔;310、覆盖部;3101、第二指示灯孔;3102、灯罩;311、第二踏板安装槽;30, the second upper shell; 301, the second connection structure; 302, the receiving part; 303, the fifth connection structure; 304, the second control panel connecting column; 305, the first wheel baffle; 307, the first installation hole of the second pedal; 308, the through hole; 309, the contact hole; 310, the cover part; 3101, the second indicator hole; 3102, the lampshade;
40、第二下壳;401、第四连接结构;402、第六连接结构;403、第二车轮挡板;404、第二车轴槽;405、转动下连接槽;406、第一套筒安装槽;4061、限位套槽;407、喇叭安装槽;408、总开关安装孔;409、喇叭;40, the second lower shell; 401, the fourth connection structure; 402, the sixth connection structure; 403, the second wheel baffle; 404, the second axle slot; slot; 4061, limit sleeve slot; 407, horn installation slot; 408, main switch installation hole; 409, horn;
50、中壳;501、第一连接结构;502、第三连接结构;503、第一通槽;504、第二通槽;505、第二踏板第二安装孔;506、第一套筒;507、转动上连接槽;508、指示灯板;5081、灯板柱;5082、第一指示灯孔;509、中壳加强筋;50, the middle shell; 501, the first connection structure; 502, the third connection structure; 503, the first through groove; 504, the second through groove; 505, the second installation hole of the second pedal; 506, the first sleeve; 507, rotating upper connecting groove; 508, indicator light board; 5081, light board column; 5082, first indicator light hole; 509, middle shell reinforcing rib;
60、电池组件;601、电池盒;602、电池定位柱;6021、电池预定位柱;6022、电池锁紧柱;603、预定位槽;604、锁紧孔;60, battery assembly; 601, battery box; 602, battery positioning column; 6021, battery pre-positioning column; 6022, battery locking column; 603, pre-positioning slot; 604, locking hole;
70、第一车轮;701、第一车轴;702、第一车轴安装座;703、第一车轴压片固定孔;704、第一车轴安装槽;705、第一车轴压片;70, the first wheel; 701, the first axle; 702, the first axle mounting seat; 703, the first axle pressing sheet fixing hole; 704, the first axle mounting groove; 705, the first axle pressing sheet;
80、第二车轮;801、第二车轴;802、第二车轴安装座;803、第二车轴压片固定孔;804、第二车轴安装槽;805、第二车轴压片;80, the second wheel; 801, the second axle; 802, the second axle mounting seat; 803, the second axle pressing piece fixing hole; 804, the second axle mounting groove; 805, the second axle pressing piece;
90、第一光电开关;901、第二光电开关;902、触点贯穿孔;903、安装槽;9031、第一过线孔;9032、第二过线孔;9033、第三过线孔;904、触点柱。90, the first photoelectric switch; 901, the second photoelectric switch; 902, the contact through hole; 903, the installation slot; 9031, the first wire hole; 9032, the second wire hole; 9033, the third wire hole; 904. Contact column.
具体实施方式detailed description
以下将结合附图,对本发明进行更为详细的描述,需要说明的是,以下参照附图对本发明进行的描述仅是示意性的,而非限制性的。各个不同实施例之间可以进行相互组合,以构成未在以下描述中示出的其他实施例。The present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that the following description of the present invention with reference to the accompanying drawings is only illustrative and not restrictive. The various embodiments may be combined with each other to form other embodiments not shown in the following description.
在本发明的描述中,需要说明的是,对于方位词,如有术语“中心”,“横向”、“纵向”、“长度”、“宽度”、“厚度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”、“顺时针”、“逆时针”等指示方位和位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于叙述本发明和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定方位构造和操作,不能理解为限制本发明的具体保护范围。In the description of the present invention, it should be noted that for orientation words, such as the terms "center", "horizontal", "longitudinal", "length", "width", "thickness", "upper", "lower" , "Front", "Back", "Left", "Right", "Vertical", "Horizontal", "Top", "Bottom", "Inside", "Outside", "Clockwise", "Counterclockwise" ” and the like indicating the orientation and positional relationship are based on the orientation or positional relationship shown in the accompanying drawings, which are only for the convenience of describing the present invention and simplifying the description, rather than indicating or implying that the device or element referred to must have a specific orientation or a specific orientation. The structure and operation should not be construed as limiting the specific protection scope of the present invention.
此外,如有术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或隐含指明技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”特征可以明示或者隐含包括一个或者多个该特征,在本发明描述中,“数个”的含义是两个或两个以上,除非另有明确具体的限定。In addition, the terms "first" and "second" are only used for descriptive purposes, and should not be construed as indicating or implying relative importance or indicating the number of technical features. Thus, the definition of "first" and "second" features may expressly or implicitly include one or more of the features, and in the description of the present invention, "several" means two or more, unless otherwise There are clear and specific restrictions.
在本发明中,除另有明确规定和限定,如有术语“组装”、“相连”、“连接”术语应作广义去理解,例如,可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接,或一体地连接;也可以是机械连接;可以是直接相连,也可以是通过中间媒介相连,可以是两个元件内部相连通。对于本领域普通技术人员而言,可以根据具体情况理解上述的术语在本发明中的具体含义。In the present invention, unless otherwise expressly specified and limited, the terms "assembled", "connected" and "connected" should be understood in a broad sense, for example, it may be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integrated It can be connected to the ground; it can also be a mechanical connection; it can be directly connected, or it can be connected through an intermediate medium, or the two components can be connected internally. For those of ordinary skill in the art, the specific meanings of the above terms in the present invention can be understood according to specific situations.
参看附图1至附图39,本发明实施例的平衡车将在接下来的描述中被阐明,其中,位于第二车体内的中壳解决了现有技术中整车稳定性差的稳定,使第一车体和第二车体的重量基本平衡,操作更稳定,平衡车行驶更安全。Referring to Figures 1 to 39, the balance car of the embodiment of the present invention will be clarified in the following description, wherein the middle shell located in the second body solves the problem of poor stability of the whole vehicle in the prior art, so that the The weights of the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body are basically balanced, the operation is more stable, and the running of the balance vehicle is safer.
如附图1至图20所示,本发明设计一种平衡车,包括第一车体1和第二车体2,第一车体1包括第一上壳10、第一下壳20和第一部件组,第二车体2包括第二上壳30、中壳50、第二下壳40和第二部件组,中壳50设置在第二上壳30和第二下壳40之间,中壳50使第一车体1和第二车体2的重量基本平衡。As shown in FIGS. 1 to 20 , the present invention designs a balance car, which includes a first car body 1 and a second car body 2 , and the first car body 1 includes a first upper shell 10 , a first lower shell 20 and a second car body 2 . A component group, the second vehicle body 2 includes a second upper shell 30, a middle shell 50, a second lower shell 40 and a second component group, the middle shell 50 is arranged between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40, The middle shell 50 substantially balances the weights of the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 .
如附图1至图20所示,第一车体1和第二车体2相对设置,第一车体1和第二车体2可以相对静止,也可以通过转动机构3相对转动。第一车体1可以为平衡车中的左车体,对应的,第二车体2为平衡车中的右车体;在一些实施例中,第一车体1可以为平衡车中的右车体,对应的,第二车体2为平衡车中的左车体。值得注意的是,第一车体1和第二车体2的位置对其结构无实质影响,可正常使用即可。As shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 20 , the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are arranged opposite to each other. The first vehicle body 1 may be the left vehicle body in the balance vehicle, and correspondingly, the second vehicle body 2 may be the right vehicle body in the balance vehicle; in some embodiments, the first vehicle body 1 may be the right vehicle body in the balance vehicle. The vehicle body, correspondingly, the second vehicle body 2 is the left vehicle body in the balance vehicle. It is worth noting that the positions of the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 have no substantial impact on their structures, and can be used normally.
由于第一车体1上的第一部件组和第二车体2上的第二部件组重量不一致,而第一上壳10和第一下壳20、第二上壳30和第二下壳40的重量相当,第一车体1和第二车体2的重量也不平衡,从而导致了平衡车的整个车体不平衡,容易在行驶过程中出现翻车危险。因此,在质量较轻的第二车体2中设置中壳50,从而使第一车体1和第二车体2的重量基本平衡,提高整个车体的稳定性。Since the weights of the first component group on the first vehicle body 1 and the second component group on the second vehicle body 2 are inconsistent, the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20 , the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell The weights of the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are also unbalanced, which causes the whole vehicle body of the balance vehicle to be unbalanced, and the danger of overturning easily occurs during the driving process. Therefore, the middle shell 50 is arranged in the second vehicle body 2 with a lighter mass, so that the weights of the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are basically balanced, and the stability of the whole vehicle body is improved.
在一些实施例中,平衡车中重量较大的部件为电池组件60,第一部件组包括电池组件60,电池组件60具有较大体积,第一车体1为双层结构,其内具有较大安装空间,电池组件60设置在第一车体1中,位于第一上壳10 的下方,电池组件60包括电池盒601和电池,电池设置在电池盒601内,电池盒601与第一上壳10或第一下壳20固定连接。In some embodiments, the heavier component in the balance vehicle is the battery assembly 60 , the first component group includes the battery assembly 60 , the battery assembly 60 has a larger volume, and the first vehicle body 1 is a double-layer structure with relatively Large installation space, the battery assembly 60 is arranged in the first vehicle body 1, located below the first upper shell 10, the battery assembly 60 includes a battery box 601 and a battery, the battery is arranged in the battery box 601, and the battery box 601 and the first upper The case 10 or the first lower case 20 is fixedly connected.
更具体地说,在如附图1、附图2和附图3所示出的具体示例中,电池盒601与第一上壳10连接,第一上壳10上设置有电池定位柱602,电池盒601通过电池定位柱602与第一上壳10连接。电池定位柱602包括电池预定位柱6021和电池锁紧柱6022,电池锁紧柱6022上设有与锁紧孔604对应的螺丝孔,电池组件60的外壁上对应设有预定位槽603和锁紧孔604,安装时,可以先将电池预定位柱6021插入电池盒601外壁上的预定位槽603中,同时将电池锁紧柱6022与锁紧孔604对应,而后用螺丝将电池锁紧柱6022与锁紧孔604锁紧固定,从而实现电池盒601与电池定位柱602的固定连接。如附图3所示,电池与定位柱的长度大于电池锁紧柱6022的长度。优选地,为加强电池组件60与第一上壳10的连接稳定性,电池定位柱602包括两组,分别设置在第一上壳10下表面与电池盒601两侧对应的位置上,如附图2和附图3所示,电池定位柱602位于电池盒601的两侧,对应的,预定位槽603和锁紧孔604也位于电池盒601的两侧。为保证电池组件60的受力平衡,两组电池定位柱602对称设置。若第一上壳10上设置有第一踏板6,且第一踏板6通过活动连接固定柱71相对第一上壳10活动,则,电池定位柱602具有一定长度,且大于活动连接固定柱71的长度,避免第一踏板6相对第一上壳10活动时,活动连接固定柱71被电池组件60抵住,影响第一踏板6正常移动。More specifically, in the specific example shown in FIG. 1 , FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 , the battery box 601 is connected to the first upper shell 10 , and the first upper shell 10 is provided with a battery positioning column 602 , The battery box 601 is connected to the first upper case 10 through the battery positioning posts 602 . The battery positioning column 602 includes a battery pre-positioning column 6021 and a battery locking column 6022. The battery locking column 6022 is provided with a screw hole corresponding to the locking hole 604, and the outer wall of the battery assembly 60 is correspondingly provided with a pre-positioning slot 603 and a lock. When installing the tightening hole 604, the battery pre-positioning column 6021 can be inserted into the pre-positioning slot 603 on the outer wall of the battery box 601, and the battery locking column 6022 is corresponding to the locking hole 604, and then the battery locking column is fixed with screws 6022 is locked and fixed with the locking hole 604, so as to realize the fixed connection between the battery box 601 and the battery positioning post 602. As shown in FIG. 3 , the length of the battery and the positioning column is greater than the length of the battery locking column 6022 . Preferably, in order to strengthen the connection stability of the battery assembly 60 and the first upper case 10, the battery positioning posts 602 include two groups, which are respectively arranged at the positions corresponding to the lower surface of the first upper case 10 and the two sides of the battery box 601, as shown in the appendix. As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 , the battery positioning posts 602 are located on both sides of the battery box 601 , and correspondingly, the pre-positioning slots 603 and the locking holes 604 are also located on both sides of the battery box 601 . To ensure the force balance of the battery assembly 60 , two sets of battery positioning posts 602 are symmetrically arranged. If the first upper shell 10 is provided with the first pedal 6 and the first pedal 6 is movable relative to the first upper shell 10 through the movable connection fixing column 71 , the battery positioning column 602 has a certain length and is larger than the movable connection fixing column 71 This prevents the movable connection fixing post 71 from being resisted by the battery assembly 60 when the first pedal 6 moves relative to the first upper shell 10 , which affects the normal movement of the first pedal 6 .
在另一实施例中,电池组件60设置在第一下壳20上,第一下壳20上设置有电池定位柱602,电池组件60通过电池定位柱602与第一下壳20固定。电池定位柱602包括电池预定位柱6021和电池锁紧柱6022,电池锁紧柱6022 上设有与锁紧孔604对应的螺丝孔,电池组件60的外壁上对应设有预定位槽603和锁紧孔604,安装时,将预定位槽603与电池预定位柱6021对准,下放电池盒601,使电池预定位柱6021插入电池盒601外壁上的预定位槽603中,此时,电池锁紧柱6022与锁紧孔604对应,而后用螺丝将电池锁紧柱6022与锁紧孔604锁紧固定,从而实现电池盒601与电池定位柱602的固定连接。电池与定位柱的长度大于电池锁紧柱6022的长度。优选地,为加强电池组件60与第一上壳10的连接稳定性,电池定位柱602包括两组,分别设置在第一上壳10下表面与电池盒601两侧对应的位置上,电池定位柱602位于电池盒601的两侧,对应的,预定位槽603和锁紧孔604也位于电池盒601的两侧。为保证电池组件60的受力平衡,两组电池定位柱602对称设置。In another embodiment, the battery assembly 60 is disposed on the first lower case 20 , the first lower case 20 is provided with a battery positioning post 602 , and the battery assembly 60 is fixed to the first lower case 20 through the battery positioning post 602 . The battery positioning column 602 includes a battery pre-positioning column 6021 and a battery locking column 6022. The battery locking column 6022 is provided with a screw hole corresponding to the locking hole 604, and the outer wall of the battery assembly 60 is correspondingly provided with a pre-positioning slot 603 and a lock. Tight hole 604. When installing, align the pre-positioning slot 603 with the battery pre-positioning post 6021, lower the battery box 601, and insert the battery pre-positioning post 6021 into the pre-positioning slot 603 on the outer wall of the battery case 601. At this time, the battery locks The locking posts 6022 correspond to the locking holes 604 , and then the battery locking posts 6022 and the locking holes 604 are locked and fixed with screws, thereby realizing the fixed connection between the battery box 601 and the battery positioning posts 602 . The length of the battery and the positioning post is greater than the length of the battery locking post 6022 . Preferably, in order to strengthen the connection stability between the battery assembly 60 and the first upper case 10 , the battery positioning posts 602 include two groups, which are respectively arranged at positions corresponding to the lower surface of the first upper case 10 and the two sides of the battery box 601 . The posts 602 are located on both sides of the battery box 601 , and correspondingly, the pre-positioning grooves 603 and the locking holes 604 are also located on both sides of the battery box 601 . To ensure the force balance of the battery assembly 60 , two sets of battery positioning posts 602 are symmetrically arranged.
在另一些实施例中,第一上壳10和第一下壳20上均设有电池定位柱602,电池组件60同时与第一上壳10和第一下壳20连接固定,以获取更稳定的安装效果。电池定位柱602的具体结构,和与电池盒601的连接方式可以如上述实施例中描述的。另外,为保证电池组件60的受力平衡,电池定位柱602的数量可以为四组,且位于第一上壳10上的两组彼此对称设置,位于第一下壳20上的两组彼此对称设置。位于第一上壳10上的电池定位柱602可以与第一下壳20上的电池定位柱602对应设置,也可以错位设置。若第一上壳10上设置有第一踏板6,且第一踏板6通过活动连接固定柱71相对第一上壳10活动,则,电池定位柱602具有一定长度,且大于活动连接固定柱71的长度,避免第一踏板6相对第一上壳10活动时,活动连接固定柱71被电池组件60抵住,影响第一踏板6正常移动。In other embodiments, both the first upper case 10 and the first lower case 20 are provided with battery positioning posts 602 , and the battery assembly 60 is connected and fixed with the first upper case 10 and the first lower case 20 at the same time, so as to obtain a more stable installation effect. The specific structure of the battery positioning column 602 and the connection manner with the battery box 601 can be as described in the above embodiments. In addition, in order to ensure the force balance of the battery assembly 60, the number of battery positioning posts 602 can be four groups, and the two groups located on the first upper case 10 are symmetrically arranged with each other, and the two groups located on the first lower case 20 are symmetrical with each other. set up. The battery positioning posts 602 on the first upper shell 10 may be arranged corresponding to the battery positioning columns 602 on the first lower shell 20 , or may be arranged in a staggered position. If the first upper shell 10 is provided with the first pedal 6 and the first pedal 6 is movable relative to the first upper shell 10 through the movable connection fixing column 71 , the battery positioning column 602 has a certain length and is larger than the movable connection fixing column 71 This prevents the movable connection fixing post 71 from being resisted by the battery assembly 60 when the first pedal 6 moves relative to the first upper shell 10 , which affects the normal movement of the first pedal 6 .
第二车体2中设置中壳50,为三层结构,安装空间较小,但结构强度更高,承重效果更好。中壳50的安装固定对第二车体2和整个平衡车的稳定性 都较为重要。中壳50可以单独与第二上壳30连接,也可以单独与第二下壳40连接,也可以同时与第二上壳30和第二下壳40连接。The middle shell 50 is provided in the second vehicle body 2, which is a three-layer structure, and has a smaller installation space, but has higher structural strength and better load-bearing effect. The installation and fixation of the middle shell 50 is important to the stability of the second vehicle body 2 and the entire balance vehicle. The middle shell 50 can be connected with the second upper shell 30 alone, or with the second lower shell 40 alone, or with the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 at the same time.
在一些实施例中,如附图1和附图2所示,中壳50上设置第一连接结构501,第二上壳30上对应设置第二连接结构301,第一连接结构501和第二连接结构301配合使得中壳50与第二上壳30连接,第一连接结构501和第二连接结构301是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合。更具体地说,在附图21和附图29所示出的具体示例中,第一连接结构501为连接孔,第二连接结构301为连接柱,连接孔和连接柱对应设置,螺丝穿过连接孔与连接柱螺纹连接,使中壳50与第二上壳30固定连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , a first connection structure 501 is provided on the middle case 50 , a second connection structure 301 is correspondingly provided on the second upper case 30 , the first connection structure 501 and the second connection structure 501 The connection structure 301 cooperates so that the middle case 50 is connected with the second upper case 30 , and the first connection structure 501 and the second connection structure 301 are any combination of connection holes or connection posts. More specifically, in the specific example shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 29 , the first connecting structure 501 is a connecting hole, the second connecting structure 301 is a connecting column, the connecting hole and the connecting column are correspondingly arranged, and the screw passes through The connecting hole is threadedly connected with the connecting post, so that the middle shell 50 and the second upper shell 30 are fixedly connected.
如附图21和附图29所示,中壳50与第二上壳30连接时,第一连接结构501有两个,使中壳50与第二上壳30的连接更牢固。优选地,为使中壳50在安装时受力平衡,两个第一连接结构501在中壳50上对称设置,即两个第一连接结构501关于中壳50的中心横轴中心对称。或者说,两个第一连接结构501的连线可以与水平线垂直,该水平线指的是附图3和附图4中的方向上的水平横线。更具体地说,两个第一连接结构501位于中壳50的两侧,如附图21所示,两个连接孔位于中壳50的两侧。As shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 29 , when the middle shell 50 is connected with the second upper shell 30 , there are two first connecting structures 501 , so that the connection between the middle shell 50 and the second upper shell 30 is firmer. Preferably, in order to balance the force of the middle shell 50 during installation, the two first connecting structures 501 are symmetrically arranged on the middle shell 50 , that is, the two first connecting structures 501 are centrally symmetrical about the central transverse axis of the middle shell 50 . In other words, the connecting line of the two first connection structures 501 may be perpendicular to the horizontal line, and the horizontal line refers to the horizontal horizontal line in the direction in FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 . More specifically, the two first connecting structures 501 are located on both sides of the middle shell 50 , and as shown in FIG. 21 , the two connecting holes are located on both sides of the middle shell 50 .
在另一些实施例中,中壳50上设置第三连接结构502,第二下壳40上对应设置第四连接结构401,第三连接结构502和第四连接结构401配合使得中壳50与第二下壳40连接,第三连接结构502和第四连接结构401是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合。更具体地说,在附图22和附图34所示出的具体示例中,第三连接结构502为连接柱,第四连接结构401为连接柱,第三连接结构502和第四连接结构401中的至少一者为贯通连接柱,中壳50上的连接柱和第二下壳40上的连接柱对应设置,且其上均设有螺丝孔,螺丝穿过贯 穿连接柱与连接柱螺纹连接,使中壳50与第二下壳40固定连接。In other embodiments, a third connection structure 502 is provided on the middle case 50, and a fourth connection structure 401 is correspondingly provided on the second lower case 40. The third connection structure 502 and the fourth connection structure 401 cooperate so that the middle case 50 and the third connection structure 401 cooperate with each other. The two lower shells 40 are connected, and the third connection structure 502 and the fourth connection structure 401 are any combination of connection holes or connection posts. More specifically, in the specific example shown in FIG. 22 and FIG. 34 , the third connection structure 502 is a connection column, the fourth connection structure 401 is a connection column, the third connection structure 502 and the fourth connection structure 401 At least one of them is a through connecting column, the connecting column on the middle shell 50 and the connecting column on the second lower shell 40 are correspondingly arranged, and screw holes are provided on them, and the screws pass through the through connecting column and are threadedly connected to the connecting column. , so that the middle shell 50 is fixedly connected with the second lower shell 40 .
如附图22和附图34所示,中壳50与第二下壳40连接时,第三连接结构502有两个,使中壳50与第二下壳40的连接更牢固。优选地,为使中壳50在安装时受力平衡,两个第三连接结构502在中壳50上对称设置,即两个第三连接结构502关于中壳50的中心横轴中心对称。在一些实施例中,两个第三连接结构502的连线与水平线垂直,该水平线指的是附图中的方向上的水平横线。更具体地说,两个第三连接结构502位于中壳50的两侧,如附图22所示,两个连接柱位于中壳50的两侧。As shown in FIG. 22 and FIG. 34 , when the middle shell 50 is connected with the second lower shell 40 , there are two third connecting structures 502 , so that the connection between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40 is firmer. Preferably, in order to balance the force of the middle shell 50 during installation, the two third connecting structures 502 are symmetrically arranged on the middle shell 50 , that is, the two third connecting structures 502 are centrally symmetrical about the central transverse axis of the middle shell 50 . In some embodiments, the connecting line of the two third connection structures 502 is perpendicular to a horizontal line, and the horizontal line refers to a horizontal horizontal line in the direction in the drawings. More specifically, the two third connecting structures 502 are located on both sides of the middle shell 50 , and as shown in FIG. 22 , the two connecting columns are located on both sides of the middle shell 50 .
在一些实施例中,为缩小第二车体2的体积,使中壳50安装更稳定,第二车体2内设置有容纳中壳50的容纳部302,中壳50部分或全部位于容纳部302。更具体地说,在一实施例中,如附图4和附图29所示,第二上壳30下侧设置有容纳部302,容纳部302为凹槽结构,中壳50的上部位于容纳部302中,或中壳50整体均位于容纳部302中,此时,可以设置容纳槽的下表面与中壳50的上表面相抵,使第二上壳30受到的力可以作用到中壳50上,避免第二上壳30超过承重范围而损坏,提高了平衡车的机械强度,保证了平衡车的使用寿命。In some embodiments, in order to reduce the volume of the second body 2 and make the installation of the middle shell 50 more stable, the second body 2 is provided with an accommodating portion 302 for accommodating the middle shell 50 , and part or all of the middle shell 50 is located in the accommodating portion 302. More specifically, in one embodiment, as shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 29 , a receiving portion 302 is provided on the lower side of the second upper shell 30 , the receiving portion 302 is a groove structure, and the upper portion of the middle shell 50 is located in the receiving portion 302 . In this case, the lower surface of the accommodating groove can be set to abut against the upper surface of the middle shell 50, so that the force received by the second upper shell 30 can act on the middle shell 50. It can prevent the second upper shell 30 from being damaged beyond the load-bearing range, improve the mechanical strength of the balance car, and ensure the service life of the balance car.
在另一实施例中,第二下壳40上侧设置有容纳部302,容纳部302为凹槽结构,中壳50的下部位于容纳部302中,或中壳50整体均位于容纳部302中,此时,可以设置第二上壳30的下表面与中壳50的上表面相抵,使第二上壳30受到的力可以作用到中壳50上,避免第二上壳30超过承重范围而损坏,提高了平衡车的机械强度,保证了平衡车的使用寿命。In another embodiment, an accommodating portion 302 is provided on the upper side of the second lower shell 40 , the accommodating portion 302 is a groove structure, the lower part of the middle shell 50 is located in the accommodating portion 302 , or the entire middle shell 50 is located in the accommodating portion 302 , at this time, the lower surface of the second upper shell 30 can be set to offset the upper surface of the middle shell 50, so that the force received by the second upper shell 30 can act on the middle shell 50, so as to prevent the second upper shell 30 from exceeding the load-bearing range. If it is damaged, the mechanical strength of the balance car is improved, and the service life of the balance car is guaranteed.
在另一实施例中,第二上壳30下侧和第二下壳40上侧共同形成容纳部302,容纳部302为腔体结构,中壳50整体位于容纳部302中,此时,可以 设置第二上壳30的下表面与中壳50的上表面相抵,使第二上壳30受到的力可以作用到中壳50上,避免第二上壳30超过承重范围而损坏,提高了平衡车的机械强度,保证了平衡车的使用寿命。In another embodiment, the lower side of the second upper shell 30 and the upper side of the second lower shell 40 together form a accommodating portion 302 , the accommodating portion 302 is a cavity structure, and the middle shell 50 is integrally located in the accommodating portion 302 . The lower surface of the second upper shell 30 is arranged to counteract the upper surface of the middle shell 50, so that the force received by the second upper shell 30 can act on the middle shell 50, so as to prevent the second upper shell 30 from being damaged beyond the load-bearing range and improve the balance The mechanical strength of the car ensures the service life of the balance car.
基于上述几个实施例,优选地,中壳50的厚度大于第二上壳30的厚度,中壳50的机械强度更高,同时可以提高第二上壳30的机械强度,当第一车体1和第二车体2之间存在转动机构3时,转动机构3与中壳50连接,可以使转动机构3的安装更稳定,增强第一车体1和第二车体2之间的连接,从而使第一车体1和第二车体2之间转动更稳定,提高整个平衡车车体的稳定性。优选地,中壳上还可设置中壳加强筋509,进一步增强中壳的结构强度。Based on the above embodiments, preferably, the thickness of the middle shell 50 is greater than the thickness of the second upper shell 30, the mechanical strength of the middle shell 50 is higher, and the mechanical strength of the second upper shell 30 can be improved at the same time. When there is a rotating mechanism 3 between the 1 and the second vehicle body 2, the rotating mechanism 3 is connected with the middle shell 50, which can make the installation of the rotating mechanism 3 more stable and enhance the connection between the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2. , so that the rotation between the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 is more stable, and the stability of the entire balance vehicle body is improved. Preferably, a middle shell reinforcing rib 509 may also be provided on the middle shell to further enhance the structural strength of the middle shell.
基于上述实施例,优选地,为了使平衡车的外形更美观,第一上壳10和第二上壳30齐平,第二上壳30的上表面和第一上壳10的上表面在同一水平面上,使用户可以平稳地站在第一车体1和第二车体2上操作。Based on the above embodiment, preferably, in order to make the appearance of the balance car more beautiful, the first upper shell 10 and the second upper shell 30 are flush, and the upper surface of the second upper shell 30 and the upper surface of the first upper shell 10 are on the same level. On a horizontal plane, the user can stand on the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 and operate stably.
在一些实施例中,第一上壳10与第一下壳20连接固定,形成第一容纳腔,更具体地说,第一上壳10上设置第七连接结构101,第一下壳20上对应设置第八连接结构201,第七连接结构101和第八连接结构201配合使得第一上壳10与第一下壳20连接,第七连接结构101和第八连接结构201是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合。在附图1和附图2所示出的具体示例中,第七连接结构101为连接柱,其上设有连接孔,第八连接结构201为连接柱,其内设有贯穿的连接孔,安装时,对准第七连接结构101和第八连接结构201,将螺丝穿过第一下壳20上的连接孔,进入第一上壳10上的连接柱,将两个连接柱连接固定,以连接固定第一上壳10和第一下壳20。In some embodiments, the first upper case 10 and the first lower case 20 are connected and fixed to form a first accommodating cavity. The eighth connection structure 201 is correspondingly provided. The seventh connection structure 101 and the eighth connection structure 201 cooperate so that the first upper shell 10 is connected with the first lower shell 20. The seventh connection structure 101 and the eighth connection structure 201 are connection holes or connections. Any combination of columns. In the specific example shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , the seventh connecting structure 101 is a connecting column, and a connecting hole is formed thereon, and the eighth connecting structure 201 is a connecting column, which is provided with a connecting hole passing through. During installation, align the seventh connection structure 101 and the eighth connection structure 201, pass the screw through the connection hole on the first lower shell 20, enter the connecting column on the first upper shell 10, and connect and fix the two connecting columns, The first upper case 10 and the first lower case 20 are connected and fixed.
在一些实施例中,第二上壳30可以直接与第二下壳40连接,也可以通过中壳50与第二下壳40连接。更具体地说,第二上壳30上设置第五连接结 构303,第二下壳40上对应设置第六连接结构402,第五连接结构303和第六连接结构402配合使得第二上壳30与第二下壳40连接;第五连接结构303和第六连接结构402是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合。在附图1和附图2所示出的具体示例中,第五连接结构303为连接柱,其中设有连接孔,第六连接结构402为连接柱,其中设有连接孔,连接柱用于连接第二上壳30和第二下壳40。在一些实施例中,第二上壳30和第二下壳40分别与中壳50连接,从而构成整个第二车体2。在另一些实施例中,第二上壳30不仅与中壳50连接,还通过第五连接结构与第二下壳40有直接的连接,第二车体2的整体结构更加稳定,承重更高,平衡车的运行更安全。In some embodiments, the second upper case 30 may be directly connected to the second lower case 40 , or may be connected to the second lower case 40 through the middle case 50 . More specifically, a fifth connection structure 303 is provided on the second upper case 30 , a sixth connection structure 402 is correspondingly provided on the second lower case 40 , and the fifth connection structure 303 and the sixth connection structure 402 cooperate so that the second upper case 30 Connected with the second lower shell 40; the fifth connecting structure 303 and the sixth connecting structure 402 are any combination of connecting holes or connecting posts. In the specific example shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , the fifth connecting structure 303 is a connecting column with a connecting hole therein, and the sixth connecting structure 402 is a connecting column with a connecting hole therein, and the connecting column is used for The second upper case 30 and the second lower case 40 are connected. In some embodiments, the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 are respectively connected with the middle shell 50 to constitute the entire second vehicle body 2 . In other embodiments, the second upper shell 30 is not only connected with the middle shell 50, but also directly connected with the second lower shell 40 through the fifth connecting structure, so that the overall structure of the second vehicle body 2 is more stable and the bearing capacity is higher. , the operation of the balance car is safer.
第一车体1包括第一车轮70,第二车体2包括第二车轮80,而第二车轮80的具体安装结构有多种方式,下面将以举例的方式简单描述其中的几种方式。The first vehicle body 1 includes a first wheel 70 , and the second vehicle body 2 includes a second wheel 80 , and the specific mounting structure of the second wheel 80 has various manners, some of which will be briefly described below by way of example.
对于第一车轮70的安装位置,在一些实施例中,第一部件组包括第一车轮70,第一车轮70设置在第一上壳10远离中壳50的外侧端上,第二部件组包括第二车轮80,第二车轮80设置在中壳50远离第一上壳10的外侧端上。更具体地说,第一车轮70包括第一车轴701,第一上壳10上设有第一车轴安装座702,第一车轴安装座702包括第一车轴压片固定孔703和第一车轴安装槽704;第一车轴安装槽704与第一车轴相适配,第一车轴安放在第一车轴安装槽中,第一车轴压片固定孔703包括两组,两组第一车轴压片固定孔703对称设置在第一车轴安装槽704两侧。第一车轴安装座702上还设有第一车轴压片705,第一车轴通过第一车轴压片705固定在第一车轴安装槽中;第一车轴压片705通过螺丝与第一车轴安装座702固定连接,保证第一车轴不会脱离第一车轴安装槽。For the installation position of the first wheel 70 , in some embodiments, the first component group includes the first wheel 70 , the first wheel 70 is disposed on the outer end of the first upper shell 10 away from the middle shell 50 , and the second component group includes The second wheel 80 is disposed on the outer end of the middle shell 50 away from the first upper shell 10 . More specifically, the first wheel 70 includes a first axle 701 , the first upper shell 10 is provided with a first axle mounting seat 702 , and the first axle mounting seat 702 includes a first axle pressing piece fixing hole 703 and a first axle mounting seat Slot 704; the first axle mounting slot 704 is adapted to the first axle, the first axle is placed in the first axle mounting slot, the first axle pressing piece fixing hole 703 includes two groups, and two sets of the first axle pressing piece fixing hole 703 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the first axle mounting groove 704 . The first axle mounting seat 702 is also provided with a first axle pressing piece 705, and the first axle is fixed in the first axle mounting groove through the first axle pressing piece 705; the first axle pressing piece 705 is connected to the first axle mounting seat by screws 702 is fixedly connected to ensure that the first axle will not be separated from the first axle installation groove.
对于第一车轮70的安装位置,在另一些实施例中,第一部件组包括第一车轮70,第一车轮70设置在第一下壳20远离中壳50的外侧端上,更具体地说,第一车轮70包括第一车轴701,第一下壳20上设有第一车轴安装座702,第一车轴安装座702包括第一车轴压片固定孔703和第一车轴安装槽704;第一车轴安装槽704与第一车轴相适配,第一车轴安放在第一车轴安装槽中,第一车轴压片固定孔703包括两组,两组第一车轴压片固定孔703对称设置在第一车轴安装槽704两侧。第一车轴安装座702上还设有第一车轴压片705,第一车轴通过第一车轴压片705固定在第一车轴安装槽中;第一车轴压片705通过螺丝与第一车轴安装座702固定连接,保证第一车轴不会脱离第一车轴安装槽。Regarding the installation position of the first wheel 70, in other embodiments, the first component group includes the first wheel 70, and the first wheel 70 is disposed on the outer end of the first lower shell 20 away from the middle shell 50, more specifically , the first wheel 70 includes a first axle 701, the first lower shell 20 is provided with a first axle mounting seat 702, and the first axle mounting seat 702 includes a first axle pressing piece fixing hole 703 and a first axle mounting groove 704; An axle mounting groove 704 is matched with the first axle, the first axle is placed in the first axle mounting groove, the first axle pressing sheet fixing holes 703 include two groups, and the two sets of first axle pressing sheet fixing holes 703 are symmetrically arranged in Both sides of the first axle mounting slot 704 . The first axle mounting seat 702 is also provided with a first axle pressing piece 705, and the first axle is fixed in the first axle mounting groove through the first axle pressing piece 705; the first axle pressing piece 705 is connected to the first axle mounting seat by screws 702 is fixedly connected to ensure that the first axle will not be separated from the first axle installation groove.
基于上述实施例,优选地,第一部件组包括第一控制板4,为保护第一控制板4,第一控制板4位于第一上壳10和第一下壳20之间,第一上壳10或第一下壳20上设有第一控制板连接柱102,第一控制板4通过第一控制板连接柱102与第一上壳10或第一下壳20固定连接;为使第一控制板4的安装更牢固,第一控制板连接柱102包括两组,两组第一控制板连接柱102分别设置按在第一车轴安装座702的两侧,使第一控制板4不与第一车轴安装座702干涉。两组第一控制板连接柱的间距不同,可用于安装不同尺寸的第一控制板。Based on the above-mentioned embodiment, preferably, the first component group includes a first control board 4. In order to protect the first control board 4, the first control board 4 is located between the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20, and the first upper The shell 10 or the first lower shell 20 is provided with a first control board connecting column 102, and the first control board 4 is fixedly connected to the first upper shell 10 or the first lower shell 20 through the first control board connecting column 102; The installation of the control board 4 is more firm. The first control board connecting column 102 includes two groups. The two groups of the first control board connecting column 102 are respectively arranged on both sides of the first axle mounting seat 702, so that the first control board 4 is not Interferes with the first axle mount 702 . The distances between the two groups of first control board connecting posts are different, and can be used to install first control boards of different sizes.
对于第二车轮80的安装位置,在一些实施例中,第二车轮80包括第二车轴801,中壳50上设有第二车轴安装座802,第二车轴安装座802包括第二车轴压片固定孔803和第二车轴安装槽804;第二车轴安装槽804与第二车轴相适配,第二车轴安放在第二车轴安装槽中,第二车轴压片固定孔803包括两组,两组第二车轴压片固定孔803对称设置在第二车轴安装槽804两 侧。第二车轴安装座802上还设有第二车轴压片805,第二车轴通过第二车轴压片805固定在第二车轴安装槽中;第二车轴压片805通过螺丝与第二车轴安装座802固定连接,保证第二车轴不会脱离第二车轴安装槽。与上述实施例结合,优选地,中壳50的厚度大于第二上壳30的厚度;由于中壳50的厚度较厚,机械强度较大,因此,在附图21至附图24以及附图28所示出的具体示例中,第二车轴安装座设置在中壳50的底部,使第二车轴安装更牢固,第二车轮可以更稳定地带动第二车体2运行。Regarding the installation position of the second wheel 80, in some embodiments, the second wheel 80 includes a second axle 801, the middle shell 50 is provided with a second axle mounting seat 802, and the second axle mounting seat 802 includes a second axle pressing piece The fixing hole 803 and the second axle mounting slot 804; the second axle mounting slot 804 is adapted to the second axle, the second axle is placed in the second axle mounting slot, and the second axle pressing piece fixing hole 803 includes two groups, two. The set of second axle pressing sheet fixing holes 803 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting groove 804 . The second axle mounting seat 802 is also provided with a second axle pressing piece 805, and the second axle is fixed in the second axle mounting groove through the second axle pressing piece 805; the second axle pressing piece 805 is connected to the second axle mounting seat by screws 802 is fixedly connected to ensure that the second axle will not be separated from the second axle installation groove. In combination with the above embodiment, preferably, the thickness of the middle shell 50 is greater than the thickness of the second upper shell 30; because the thickness of the middle shell 50 is thicker and the mechanical strength is greater, therefore, in Figures 21 to 24 and the accompanying drawings In the specific example shown in 28, the second axle mounting seat is arranged at the bottom of the middle shell 50, so that the second axle is installed more firmly, and the second wheel can drive the second vehicle body 2 to run more stably.
对于第二车轮80的安装位置,在另一些实施例中,如附图9和附图10所示,第二车轮80包括第二车轴801,第二上壳30上设有第二车轴安装座802,第二车轴安装座802包括第二车轴压片固定孔803和第二车轴安装槽804;第二车轴安装槽804与第二车轴相适配,第二车轴安放在第二车轴安装槽中,第二车轴压片固定孔803包括两组,两组第二车轴压片固定孔803对称设置在第二车轴安装槽804两侧。第二车轴安装座802上还设有第二车轴压片805,第二车轴通过第二车轴压片805固定在第二车轴安装槽中;第二车轴压片805通过螺丝与第二车轴安装座802固定连接,保证第二车轴不会脱离第二车轴安装槽。Regarding the installation position of the second wheel 80 , in other embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 9 and 10 , the second wheel 80 includes a second axle 801 , and the second upper shell 30 is provided with a second axle mounting seat 802, the second axle mounting seat 802 includes a second axle pressing piece fixing hole 803 and a second axle mounting groove 804; the second axle mounting groove 804 is adapted to the second axle, and the second axle is placed in the second axle mounting groove , the second axle pressing piece fixing hole 803 includes two groups, and the two sets of the second axle pressing piece fixing hole 803 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting groove 804 . The second axle mounting seat 802 is also provided with a second axle pressing piece 805, and the second axle is fixed in the second axle mounting groove through the second axle pressing piece 805; the second axle pressing piece 805 is connected to the second axle mounting seat by screws 802 is fixedly connected to ensure that the second axle will not be separated from the second axle installation groove.
由于中壳50设置在第二上壳30下方,设置在第二上壳30下表面的第二车轴安装座802容易与中壳50干涉,因此,基于该实施例,优选地,如附图25和附图26所示,中壳50上设有第一通槽503,第二车轴安装座802穿过第一通槽503位于中壳50的下方,避免与中壳50干涉,而此时,第二车轴也位于中壳50的下方,第二车轴安装座802通过第二车轴压片805将第二车轴固定在第二车轴安装槽804中。将第二车轴安装座802设置在第二上壳30,相对于现有的上壳结构,仅仅取消了第二上壳30上的第二控制板连接柱和第 二触点贯穿孔,简化生产工艺,避免浪费,也方便第二上壳30与第二车轴安装。优选地,中壳50上的第一通槽503具有朝向第二车轮的开口,使第二上壳30与第二车轴可以先安装,而后直接将第二车轴安装座802直接穿过第一通槽503,安装更简单方便。同时,第二车轴安装座802和第二上壳30相当于对中壳50进行左右限位,使中壳50与第二壳体连接得更紧密,使第二车体2的机械强度更好,更稳定。Since the middle shell 50 is disposed under the second upper shell 30, the second axle mounting seat 802 disposed on the lower surface of the second upper shell 30 is likely to interfere with the middle shell 50. Therefore, based on this embodiment, preferably, as shown in FIG. 25 As shown in FIG. 26, the middle shell 50 is provided with a first through groove 503, and the second axle mounting seat 802 passes through the first through groove 503 and is located below the middle shell 50 to avoid interference with the middle shell 50, and at this time, The second axle is also located below the middle shell 50 , and the second axle mounting seat 802 fixes the second axle in the second axle mounting groove 804 through the second axle pressing piece 805 . The second axle mounting seat 802 is arranged on the second upper shell 30. Compared with the existing upper shell structure, only the second control board connecting column and the second contact through hole on the second upper shell 30 are eliminated, which simplifies production. process, avoid waste, and also facilitate the installation of the second upper shell 30 and the second axle. Preferably, the first through groove 503 on the middle shell 50 has an opening toward the second wheel, so that the second upper shell 30 and the second axle can be installed first, and then the second axle mounting seat 802 can be directly passed through the first through hole. Slot 503, the installation is simpler and more convenient. At the same time, the second axle mounting seat 802 and the second upper shell 30 are equivalent to limiting the left and right positions of the middle shell 50, so that the middle shell 50 and the second shell are connected more closely, so that the mechanical strength of the second vehicle body 2 is better. ,more stable.
对于第二车轮80的安装位置,在另一些实施例中,第二车轮80包括第二车轴801,第二下壳40上设有第二车轴安装座802,第二车轴安装座802包括第二车轴压片固定孔803和第二车轴安装槽804;第二车轴安装槽804与第二车轴相适配,第二车轴安放在第二车轴安装槽中,第二车轴压片固定孔803包括两组,两组第二车轴压片固定孔803对称设置在第二车轴安装槽804两侧。第二车轴安装座802上还设有第二车轴压片805,第二车轴通过第二车轴压片805固定在第二车轴安装槽中;第二车轴压片805通过螺丝与第二车轴安装座802固定连接,保证第二车轴不会脱离第二车轴安装槽。Regarding the installation position of the second wheel 80, in other embodiments, the second wheel 80 includes a second axle 801, the second lower shell 40 is provided with a second axle mounting seat 802, and the second axle mounting seat 802 includes a second axle Axle pressing sheet fixing hole 803 and second axle mounting groove 804; the second axle mounting groove 804 is adapted to the second axle, the second axle is placed in the second axle mounting groove, and the second axle pressing sheet fixing hole 803 includes two The two sets of second axle pressing sheet fixing holes 803 are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting groove 804 . The second axle mounting seat 802 is also provided with a second axle pressing piece 805, and the second axle is fixed in the second axle mounting groove through the second axle pressing piece 805; the second axle pressing piece 805 is connected to the second axle mounting seat by screws 802 is fixedly connected to ensure that the second axle will not be separated from the second axle installation groove.
基于上述几个实施例,优选地,第二部件组包括第二控制板5,为保护第二控制板5,第二控制板5位于中壳50和第二下壳40之间,中壳50或第二下壳40下侧设置第二控制板连接柱304,第二控制板5通过第二控制板连接柱304与中壳50或第二下壳40固定连接;为使第二控制板5的安装更牢固,第二控制板连接柱304包括两组,两组第二控制板连接柱304分别设置按在第二车轴安装座802的两侧,使第二控制板5不与第二车轴安装座802干涉。当中壳50上设有第一通槽503时,两组第二控制板连接柱304分别位于第一通槽503的两侧。Based on the above-mentioned embodiments, preferably, the second component group includes a second control board 5. In order to protect the second control board 5, the second control board 5 is located between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40, and the middle shell 50 Or the lower side of the second lower shell 40 is provided with a second control board connecting column 304, and the second control board 5 is fixedly connected to the middle shell 50 or the second lower shell 40 through the second control board connecting column 304; The second control board connecting column 304 includes two groups, and the two sets of second control board connecting columns 304 are respectively arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting seat 802, so that the second control board 5 is not connected to the second axle. Mount 802 interferes. When the first through slot 503 is formed on the middle case 50 , the two groups of second control board connecting posts 304 are located on both sides of the first through slot 503 respectively.
第二控制板连接柱304除了设置上述位置,在一些实施例中,第二控制 板连接柱304设置在第二上壳30的下侧,更具体地说,第二部件组包括第二控制板5,第二控制板5设置在中壳50的下方,中壳50上设有第二通槽504,第二上壳30上设有第二控制板连接柱304,第二控制板连接柱304穿过第二通槽504与第二控制板5连接。这样的方式可以简化中壳50的结构,使第二上壳30与中壳50安装更方便,也不会存在装配误差;而通过第二控制板连接柱304,第二上壳30与中壳50的连接更紧密,有利于提高第二车体2的机械强度,从而提升平衡车整车的稳定性;同时,第二控制板连接柱还可对中壳起限位作用。为使第二控制板5的安装更牢固,第二控制板连接柱304包括两组,两组第二控制板连接柱304分别设置在第二车轴安装座802的两侧,使第二控制板5不与第二车轴安装座802干涉。此时,第二车轴安装座802位于中壳50的下侧,第二通槽504与第二控制板连接柱304对应,数量也为两个,且两个第二通槽504分别位于第二车轴安装座802的两侧,使第二控制板连接柱304穿过第二通槽504后位于第二车轴安装座802的两侧。In addition to the above-mentioned positions of the second control board connecting column 304 , in some embodiments, the second control board connecting column 304 is disposed on the lower side of the second upper casing 30 . More specifically, the second component group includes the second control board 5. The second control board 5 is arranged below the middle shell 50, the middle shell 50 is provided with a second through slot 504, the second upper shell 30 is provided with a second control board connecting column 304, and the second control board connecting column 304 It is connected to the second control board 5 through the second through groove 504 . In this way, the structure of the middle shell 50 can be simplified, the installation of the second upper shell 30 and the middle shell 50 is more convenient, and there is no assembly error; The connection of 50 is tighter, which is beneficial to improve the mechanical strength of the second body 2, thereby improving the stability of the balance vehicle as a whole; at the same time, the second control board connecting column can also limit the position of the middle shell. In order to make the installation of the second control board 5 more secure, the second control board connecting column 304 includes two groups, and the two sets of the second control board connecting column 304 are respectively arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting seat 802, so that the second control board 5 does not interfere with the second axle mount 802. At this time, the second axle mounting seat 802 is located on the lower side of the middle shell 50, the second through grooves 504 correspond to the second control board connecting columns 304, and the number is also two, and the two second through grooves 504 are located in the second through grooves 504 respectively. On both sides of the axle mounting seat 802 , the second control panel connecting column 304 is located on both sides of the second axle mounting seat 802 after passing through the second through groove 504 .
在实际应用时,第一车轮70和第二车轮80的安装位置可以彼此结合,比如,当第一车轮70与第一上壳10连接,第二车轮80可以与第二上壳30连接,也可以与中壳50连接,也可以与第二下壳40;当第一车轮70与第一下壳20连接,第二车轮80可以与第二上壳30连接,也可以与中壳50连接,也可以与第二下壳40。第一车轮70的第一车轴701与第二车轮80的第二车轴801的轴线重合,以保证两个车轮同心转动,平衡车的运行更稳定。In practical application, the installation positions of the first wheel 70 and the second wheel 80 can be combined with each other, for example, when the first wheel 70 is connected with the first upper shell 10, the second wheel 80 can be connected with the second upper shell 30, and also It can be connected with the middle shell 50 or with the second lower shell 40; when the first wheel 70 is connected with the first lower shell 20, the second wheel 80 can be connected with the second upper shell 30 or with the middle shell 50, The second lower case 40 can also be used. The axes of the first axle 701 of the first wheel 70 coincide with the axes of the second axle 801 of the second wheel 80 to ensure that the two wheels rotate concentrically and the balance car runs more stably.
第一车轮和第二车轮在转动时容易卷起杂物或水,若使杂物或水进入第一车体1或第二车体2中,容易使第一车体1和第二车体2内的电子元件受损,影响平衡车的正常运行,存在安全隐患。基于上述实施例,第一车轮主要依靠第一车轴与第一车体1连接,第二车轮主要依靠第二车轴与第二车体 2连接,因此,需要做好第一车轴和第二车轴上的密封工作。以第二车轴与第二车体2的连接为例,第二上壳30靠近第二车轮的一侧设有第一车轮挡板305,第二下壳40靠近第二车轮的一侧设有第二车轮挡板403,第一车轮挡板305和第二车轮挡板403对应设置,形成车轴密封,即第二车轴的密封。更具体地说,第一车轮挡板305和第二车轮挡板403在第二上壳30和第二下壳40安装靠拢后相抵,仅留出供第二车轴穿过并转动的第二车轴孔,第二车轴孔可以设置在第一车轮挡板305上,也可以设置在第二车轮挡板403上。如附图1所示出的具体示例中,第二车轴槽404设置在第二车轮挡板403的上边缘,待第一车轮挡板305与第二车轮挡板403相抵后,形成完整的第二车轴孔,第二车轴孔的形状与第二车轴相适配。When the first wheel and the second wheel rotate, it is easy to roll up debris or water. If the debris or water enters the first vehicle body 1 or the second vehicle body 2, it is easy to make the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body. The electronic components in 2 are damaged, which affects the normal operation of the self-balancing vehicle and poses a safety hazard. Based on the above embodiment, the first wheel is mainly connected to the first vehicle body 1 by the first axle, and the second wheel is mainly connected to the second vehicle body 2 by the second axle. sealing work. Taking the connection between the second axle and the second vehicle body 2 as an example, the side of the second upper shell 30 close to the second wheel is provided with a first wheel baffle 305, and the side of the second lower shell 40 close to the second wheel is provided with a first wheel baffle 305. The second wheel baffle 403 , the first wheel baffle 305 and the second wheel baffle 403 are correspondingly arranged to form an axle seal, that is, the seal of the second axle. More specifically, the first wheel baffle 305 and the second wheel baffle 403 abut against each other after the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 are installed close together, leaving only the second axle for the second axle to pass through and rotate. The second axle hole may be provided on the first wheel guard 305 or on the second wheel guard 403 . In the specific example shown in FIG. 1 , the second axle slot 404 is arranged on the upper edge of the second wheel baffle 403 , and after the first wheel baffle 305 and the second wheel baffle 403 are in contact, a complete first wheel baffle 403 is formed. Two axle holes, the shape of the second axle hole is adapted to the second axle.
第一车轮与第一车体1之间的车轴密封可采用相同的密封方式,也可以采用其他常规的密封结构。更具体地说,第一车轮70包括第一车轴701,第一上壳10靠近第一车轮70的一侧设有第三车轮挡板103,第一下壳20靠近第一车轮70的一侧设有第四车轮挡板202,第三车轮挡板103和第四车轮挡板202对应设置,形成对第一车轴701的密封。第三车轮挡板103和第四车轮挡板202在第一上壳10和第一下壳20安装靠拢后相抵,仅留出供第一车轴穿过并转动的第一车轴孔,第一车轴孔可以设置在第一车轮挡板305上,也可以设置在第二车轮挡板403上,第一车轴孔可以由第一车轴槽203和第三车轮挡板103或第一车轴槽203和第四车轮挡板202形成。更具体地说,如附图1所示出的具体示例中,第一车轴槽203设置在第三车轮挡板103的上边缘,待第三车轮挡板103与第四车轮挡板202相抵后,形成完整的第一车轴孔,第一车轴孔的形状与第一车轴相适配。The axle seal between the first wheel and the first vehicle body 1 may adopt the same sealing method, or may adopt other conventional sealing structures. More specifically, the first wheel 70 includes a first axle 701 , a side of the first upper shell 10 close to the first wheel 70 is provided with a third wheel baffle 103 , and a side of the first lower shell 20 close to the first wheel 70 A fourth wheel baffle 202 is provided, and the third wheel baffle 103 and the fourth wheel baffle 202 are correspondingly arranged to form a seal on the first axle 701 . The third wheel baffle 103 and the fourth wheel baffle 202 abut against each other after the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20 are installed close together, leaving only the first axle hole for the first axle to pass through and rotate. The hole can be set on the first wheel baffle 305 or on the second wheel baffle 403, and the first axle hole can be formed by the first axle slot 203 and the third wheel baffle 103 or the first axle slot 203 and the first axle slot 203 and the third wheel baffle 103. Four wheel guards 202 are formed. More specifically, in the specific example shown in FIG. 1 , the first axle slot 203 is provided on the upper edge of the third wheel baffle 103 , and after the third wheel baffle 103 and the fourth wheel baffle 202 are in contact , forming a complete first axle hole, and the shape of the first axle hole is adapted to the first axle.
在一些实施例中,为更好地定位中壳50,中壳50的一端与第一车轮挡 板305相抵,以定位中壳50,对中壳50起限位作用。更具体地说,中壳50靠近第一车轮挡板305的一面为平面,该平面与第一车轮挡板305的内壁相抵,且中壳50上的第二车轴安装座802与第二车轴孔对应,第二车轴安装槽与第二车轴孔同心设置。优选地,第一车轮挡板305上设有加强筋,用以加强第一车轮挡板305的机械强度,中壳50上的平面与加强筋相抵。In some embodiments, in order to better locate the middle shell 50, one end of the middle shell 50 is abutted against the first wheel baffle 305 to position the middle shell 50 and limit the position of the middle shell 50. More specifically, the side of the middle shell 50 close to the first wheel baffle 305 is a plane, and the plane is in contact with the inner wall of the first wheel baffle 305 , and the second axle mounting seat 802 on the middle shell 50 is connected to the second axle hole. Correspondingly, the second axle mounting groove and the second axle hole are arranged concentrically. Preferably, a reinforcing rib is provided on the first wheel baffle 305 to strengthen the mechanical strength of the first wheel baffle 305 , and the plane on the middle shell 50 is in contact with the reinforcing rib.
优选地,在一些实施例中,第一车体1和第二车体2上设有挡泥板,挡泥板分别与第一车轮和第二车轮对应设置,防止第一车轮和第二车轮在行驶过程中飞溅污水或污渍,影响用户使用感受。更具体地说,第一部件组还包括第一挡泥板104,第一挡泥板104设置在第一上壳10的外侧,并位于第一车轮70上方,第一挡泥板104和第一上壳10为一体结构;第二部件组还包括第二挡泥板306,第二挡泥板306设置在第二上壳30的外侧,并位于第二车轮80上方,第二挡泥板306和第二上壳30为一体结构。在一些实施例中,第一车体1和第二车体2上均设置挡泥板,提升用户的使用体验。Preferably, in some embodiments, the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are provided with fenders, and the fenders are respectively arranged corresponding to the first wheel and the second wheel to prevent the first wheel and the second wheel Splashing sewage or stains during driving will affect the user's experience. More specifically, the first component group further includes a first fender 104, which is arranged on the outer side of the first upper shell 10 and is located above the first wheel 70, and the first fender 104 and the first fender 104 The upper shell 10 is an integral structure; the second component group further includes a second fender 306, which is arranged on the outer side of the second upper shell 30 and above the second wheel 80. The second fender 306 and the second upper casing 30 are integrally formed. In some embodiments, fenders are provided on both the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 to improve user experience.
为了方便用户踩踏,第一部件组包括第一踏板6,第二部件组包括第二踏板7,如附图所示,第一踏板6设置在第一上壳10上,第二踏板7设置在第二上壳30或中壳50上。对于第一踏板6和第二踏板7的具体结构:第一踏板6为一体式踏板,方便加工和安装,或,包括踏皮和踏垫,以增强踩踏的触感;第二踏板7为一体式踏板,方便加工和安装,或,包括踏皮和踏垫,以增强踩踏的触感。In order to facilitate the user to step on, the first component group includes a first pedal 6, and the second component group includes a second pedal 7. As shown in the drawings, the first pedal 6 is arranged on the first upper shell 10, and the second pedal 7 is arranged on the on the second upper case 30 or the middle case 50 . For the specific structure of the first pedal 6 and the second pedal 7: the first pedal 6 is an integrated pedal, which is convenient for processing and installation, or includes a pedal leather and a pedal to enhance the tactile feeling of stepping; the second pedal 7 is an integrated pedal Pedals for easy processing and installation, or, including pedals and pads to enhance the feel of pedaling.
为方便控制第一车体1和第二车体2,第一踏板6和第二踏板7中的一者或两者可以相对第一车体1和第二车体2移动,从而触发光电开关,使平衡车开始工作。更具体地说,在一些实施例中,第一踏板6活动设置在第一上壳10上,第一踏板6的下方设有第一光电开关90,在第一踏板6承重后 下移,触发第一光电开关90,第一控制板4控制第一车体1工作,此时,第一光电开关90可以直接设置在第一控制板4上,也可以独立设置在第一上壳10上,其具体的设置方式将在下面的实施例中进行描述。在另一些实施例中,第二踏板7活动设置在第二上壳30上,第二踏板7的下方设有第二光电开关901,在第二踏板7承重后下移,触发第二光电开关901,第二控制板5控制第二车体2工作,此时,第二光电开关901可以直接设置在第二控制板5上,也可以独立设置在第二上壳30上,其具体的设置方式将在下面的实施例中进行描述。当然,在一些实施例中,第一踏板6和第二踏板7均可以活动,同时控制平衡车,将上述实施例进行组合即可。In order to conveniently control the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2, one or both of the first pedal 6 and the second pedal 7 can move relative to the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2, thereby triggering the photoelectric switch , so that the balance car starts to work. More specifically, in some embodiments, the first pedal 6 is movably arranged on the first upper shell 10 , and a first photoelectric switch 90 is arranged below the first pedal 6 . After the first pedal 6 is loaded, it moves down to trigger the The first photoelectric switch 90, the first control board 4 controls the operation of the first vehicle body 1, at this time, the first photoelectric switch 90 can be directly arranged on the first control board 4, or can be independently arranged on the first upper shell 10, The specific setting method will be described in the following embodiments. In other embodiments, the second pedal 7 is movably arranged on the second upper shell 30, and a second photoelectric switch 901 is provided below the second pedal 7. After the second pedal 7 bears a load, it moves down to trigger the second photoelectric switch. 901, the second control board 5 controls the second vehicle body 2 to work. At this time, the second photoelectric switch 901 can be directly set on the second control board 5, or can be set on the second upper shell 30 independently. The manner will be described in the following examples. Of course, in some embodiments, both the first pedal 6 and the second pedal 7 can be movable to control the balance car at the same time, and the above embodiments can be combined.
针对第一踏板6活动设置在第一上壳10上的实施例,更具体地说,第一上壳上设有第一踏板安装槽108,用于放置第一踏板,同时,第一上壳10上设有第一踏板安装孔105,第一踏板安装孔位于第一踏板安装槽108中,第一踏板6通过第一踏板安装孔105设置在第一上壳10上;第一踏板6的下表面设有第一活动柱61,第一活动柱61穿过第一踏板安装孔105之后与第一上壳10的下表面活动卡接,避免第一踏板6脱离第一上壳10,且第一活动柱61的长度大于第一踏板安装孔105的厚度,使第一活动柱61可在第一踏板安装孔105中穿梭,从而使第一踏板6可以相对第一上壳10上下移动。For the embodiment in which the first pedal 6 is movably arranged on the first upper shell 10, more specifically, the first upper shell is provided with a first pedal mounting groove 108 for placing the first pedal, and at the same time, the first upper shell 10 is provided with a first pedal installation hole 105, the first pedal installation hole is located in the first pedal installation groove 108, the first pedal 6 is set on the first upper shell 10 through the first pedal installation hole 105; The lower surface is provided with a first movable column 61, and the first movable column 61 passes through the first pedal mounting hole 105 and then is movably clamped with the lower surface of the first upper shell 10 to prevent the first pedal 6 from being separated from the first upper shell 10, and The length of the first movable column 61 is greater than the thickness of the first pedal mounting hole 105 , so that the first movable column 61 can shuttle in the first pedal mounting hole 105 , so that the first pedal 6 can move up and down relative to the first upper shell 10 .
优选地,第一活动柱61包括引导部和卡接部,引导部与第一踏板安装孔105相适配,并可在第一踏板安装孔105中上下移动,卡接部用于与第一上壳10的下表面活动卡接。引导部和卡接部的结构有多种,引导部的长度决定了第一踏板6相对于第一上壳10的活动范围,更具体地说,第一踏板6活动的范围可以限定在1mm~10mm。Preferably, the first movable column 61 includes a guide portion and a snap portion, the guide portion is adapted to the first pedal mounting hole 105 and can move up and down in the first pedal mounting hole 105, and the snap portion is used to connect with the first pedal mounting hole 105. The lower surface of the upper shell 10 is movably snapped. There are various structures of the guide portion and the clip portion. The length of the guide portion determines the movable range of the first pedal 6 relative to the first upper shell 10. More specifically, the movable range of the first pedal 6 can be limited to 1 mm to 10mm.
针对第二踏板7活动设置在第二上壳30上的实施例,第二车体2中设置 有中壳50,因此,第二踏板7的安装结构有多种方式。For the embodiment in which the second pedal 7 is movably arranged on the second upper shell 30, the second vehicle body 2 is provided with a middle shell 50. Therefore, there are various ways to install the second pedal 7.
在一实施例中,第二上壳上设有第二踏板安装槽311,用于放置第二踏板,同时,第二上壳30上设置第二踏板第一安装孔307,第二踏板第一安装孔307位于第二踏板安装槽311中,第二踏板7包括活动连接固定柱71,活动连接固定柱71与第二踏板第一安装孔307配合连接,对应第二踏板第一安装孔307位置,中壳50上设置第二踏板第二安装孔505;活动连接固定柱71与第二踏板第一安装孔307和第二踏板第二安装孔505配合,使得第二踏板7活动固定在第二上壳30上。优选地,活动连接固定柱71包括引导部和卡接部,引导部与第二踏板第一安装孔307和第二踏板第二安装孔505相适配,并可在第二踏板第一安装孔307和第二踏板第二安装孔505中上下移动,卡接部用于与中壳50的下表面活动卡接。引导部和卡接部的结构有多种,引导部的长度决定了第二踏板7相对于第二上壳30的活动范围,更具体地说,第二踏板7活动的范围可以限定在1mm~10mm。In one embodiment, the second upper shell is provided with a second pedal installation slot 311 for placing the second pedal, and at the same time, the second upper shell 30 is provided with a first mounting hole 307 for the second pedal, and the second pedal first The mounting hole 307 is located in the second pedal mounting groove 311 , the second pedal 7 includes a movable connection fixing post 71 , and the movable connection fixing post 71 is matched and connected with the first installation hole 307 of the second pedal, corresponding to the position of the first installation hole 307 of the second pedal , the middle shell 50 is provided with a second mounting hole 505 of the second pedal; the movable connection fixing post 71 is matched with the first mounting hole 307 of the second pedal and the second mounting hole 505 of the second pedal, so that the second pedal 7 is movably fixed on the second pedal on the upper shell 30. Preferably, the movable connection fixing post 71 includes a guide portion and a clip portion, the guide portion is matched with the first installation hole 307 of the second pedal and the second installation hole 505 of the second pedal, and can be installed in the first installation hole of the second pedal. 307 and the second mounting hole 505 of the second pedal move up and down, and the engaging portion is used for engaging with the lower surface of the middle shell 50 movably. There are various structures of the guide portion and the clip portion. The length of the guide portion determines the range of movement of the second pedal 7 relative to the second upper shell 30. More specifically, the range of movement of the second pedal 7 can be limited to 1 mm to 10mm.
在另一实施例中,第二踏板7设置在中壳上,第二上壳30与第二踏板7对应的位置设有通孔308,第二踏板7穿过通孔308与中壳50连接,在第二上壳30上设置通孔308,不仅使第二踏板7可以直接与中壳50连接,装配工艺更简单;还可节省第二上壳30的材料,降低成本;使人体的重量直接作用在中壳上,而不用通过第二上壳了。更具体地说,中壳50上设置第二踏板第二安装孔505,第二踏板7包括活动连接固定柱71;活动连接固定柱71穿过通孔308并与第二踏板第二安装孔505配合,使得第二踏板7活动固定在中壳50上。优选地,活动连接固定柱71包括引导部和卡接部,引导部与第二踏板第二安装孔505相适配,并可在第二踏板第二安装孔505中上下移动,卡接部用于与中壳50的下表面活动卡接。引导部和卡接部的结构有多种, 引导部的长度决定了第二踏板7相对于第二上壳30的活动范围,更具体地说,第二踏板7活动的范围可以限定在1mm~10mm。优选地,设置中壳50的厚度大于第二上壳30的厚度,由于第二踏板7直接与中壳50活动连接,当人踩在第二踏板7上时,力可以直接传递到中壳50上,中壳50的壳体厚度大于第二上壳30,因此具有更高的机械强度,可以承受更高的重量。In another embodiment, the second pedal 7 is disposed on the middle shell, the second upper shell 30 is provided with a through hole 308 at a position corresponding to the second pedal 7 , and the second pedal 7 is connected to the middle shell 50 through the through hole 308 , the through hole 308 is arranged on the second upper shell 30, not only the second pedal 7 can be directly connected with the middle shell 50, the assembly process is simpler; the material of the second upper shell 30 can also be saved, and the cost can be reduced; the weight of the human body can be reduced. Act directly on the middle shell instead of going through the second upper shell. More specifically, the middle shell 50 is provided with a second mounting hole 505 for the second pedal, and the second pedal 7 includes an articulating fixing post 71; In cooperation, the second pedal 7 is movably fixed on the middle shell 50 . Preferably, the movable connection fixing post 71 includes a guide portion and a snap portion. The guide portion is adapted to the second mounting hole 505 of the second pedal and can move up and down in the second mounting hole 505 of the second pedal. It is movably connected to the lower surface of the middle shell 50 . There are various structures of the guide portion and the clamping portion. The length of the guide portion determines the range of movement of the second pedal 7 relative to the second upper shell 30. More specifically, the range of movement of the second pedal 7 can be limited to 1 mm to 10mm. Preferably, the thickness of the middle shell 50 is set to be greater than the thickness of the second upper shell 30. Since the second pedal 7 is directly movably connected with the middle shell 50, when a person steps on the second pedal 7, the force can be directly transmitted to the middle shell 50. Above, the shell thickness of the middle shell 50 is larger than that of the second upper shell 30, so it has higher mechanical strength and can bear higher weight.
基于上述实施例,当第一踏板6活动设置在第一上壳10上时,第一部件组包括第一光电开关90,第一踏板6的下表面与第一光电开关90对应的位置设有第一触点62,第一踏板6承重下移后,第一触点62触发第一光电开关90,从而控制平衡车的工作。针对第一光电开关90的不同设置位置,第一踏板6和第一上壳10具有多种结构,以下将一一举例描述。Based on the above embodiment, when the first pedal 6 is movably arranged on the first upper casing 10 , the first component group includes a first photoelectric switch 90 , and a position corresponding to the first photoelectric switch 90 on the lower surface of the first pedal 6 is provided The first contact 62, after the first pedal 6 bears and moves down, the first contact 62 triggers the first photoelectric switch 90, thereby controlling the work of the balance car. The first pedal 6 and the first upper casing 10 have various structures according to different arrangement positions of the first photoelectric switch 90 , which will be described by way of example below.
在一实施例中,第一光电开关90设置在第一控制板4上,第一控制板4位于第一上壳10的下方;或者,第一光电开关90独立设置在第一上壳10的下方,不设置在第一控制板上。第一触点62设置在第一踏板6下表面的触点柱904上,第一上壳10上设有触点贯穿孔902,触点贯穿孔902中设有弹簧,弹簧可套设在触点柱904上,并与触点贯穿孔902的底部凸沿相抵,实现第一踏板6的复位。In one embodiment, the first photoelectric switch 90 is disposed on the first control board 4, and the first control board 4 is located under the first upper casing 10; Below, not provided on the first control board. The first contact 62 is arranged on the contact post 904 on the lower surface of the first pedal 6, the first upper shell 10 is provided with a contact through hole 902, and a spring is arranged in the contact through hole 902, and the spring can be sleeved on the contact. The point post 904 is in contact with the bottom convex edge of the contact through hole 902 to realize the reset of the first pedal 6 .
在另一实施例中,第一光电开关90独立设置在第一上壳10上,位于第一踏板6的下方,第一光电开关90通过连接件与第一控制板4电连接,传递电信号,第一触点62设置在第一踏板6的下表面,当第一踏板6上站人或受力时,第一踏板6下压即可触发第一光电开关90,并将信号传送至第一上壳10下方的第一控制板4,控制平衡车开始工作。更具体地说,为固定第一光电开关90,第一上壳10上设有用于安装第一光电开关90的安装槽903,第一光电开关90置于安装槽903中。优选地,安装槽903的深度大于等于第一 光电开关90的高度,避免第一踏板6在相对第一上壳10移动时挤压、损坏第一光电开关90,安装槽903中或安装槽903的侧边设有第一过线孔9031,用于供连接件穿过。与此同时,为了方便第一踏板6下压后复位,第一踏板6上设有安装弹簧的触点柱,第一上壳10上设有活动安装孔,触点柱与活动安装孔相适配,弹簧的一端与触点柱连接,另一端与活动安装孔连接,以实现第一踏板6的回弹。触点柱位于第一踏板6的下表面,同时,弹簧环绕触点柱设置在活动安装孔,活动安装孔为非贯通孔,弹簧的一端与活动安装孔的底壁相抵。而在另一些实施例中,活动安装孔可以为贯通孔,活动安装孔的底部设有与弹簧相抵的凸沿,使弹簧可在凸沿和第一踏板6之间伸缩,活动安装孔中的贯通孔可具有其他功能,比如方便第一上壳10内的部件维修或供其他光电开关的触点通过等,此时,活动安装孔为触点贯穿孔902。In another embodiment, the first photoelectric switch 90 is independently disposed on the first upper casing 10, and is located below the first pedal 6, and the first photoelectric switch 90 is electrically connected to the first control board 4 through a connector to transmit electrical signals , the first contact 62 is arranged on the lower surface of the first pedal 6, when a person stands on the first pedal 6 or receives force, the first pedal 6 is pressed down to trigger the first photoelectric switch 90, and the signal is transmitted to the first photoelectric switch 90. A first control panel 4 under the upper shell 10 controls the balance car to start working. More specifically, in order to fix the first photoelectric switch 90 , the first upper case 10 is provided with an installation groove 903 for installing the first photoelectric switch 90 , and the first photoelectric switch 90 is placed in the installation groove 903 . Preferably, the depth of the installation groove 903 is greater than or equal to the height of the first photoelectric switch 90 to avoid squeezing or damaging the first photoelectric switch 90 when the first pedal 6 moves relative to the first upper casing 10 . There is a first wire hole 9031 on the side of the connector for connecting pieces to pass through. At the same time, in order to facilitate the reset after the first pedal 6 is pressed down, the first pedal 6 is provided with a contact post for installing a spring, and the first upper shell 10 is provided with a movable mounting hole, and the contact post is adapted to the movable mounting hole, One end of the spring is connected with the contact post, and the other end is connected with the movable mounting hole, so as to realize the rebound of the first pedal 6 . The contact post is located on the lower surface of the first pedal 6, and at the same time, the spring is arranged around the contact post in the movable mounting hole, the movable mounting hole is a non-through hole, and one end of the spring is in contact with the bottom wall of the movable mounting hole. In other embodiments, the movable mounting hole can be a through hole, and the bottom of the movable mounting hole is provided with a convex edge against the spring, so that the spring can be stretched between the convex edge and the first pedal 6, and the movable mounting hole The through holes may have other functions, such as facilitating maintenance of components in the first upper casing 10 or allowing contacts of other photoelectric switches to pass through, etc. In this case, the movable mounting holes are contact through holes 902 .
基于上述实施例,当第二踏板7活动设置在第二上壳30上时,第二部件组包括第二光电开关901,第二踏板7的下表面与第二光电开关901对应的位置设有第二触点72,第二踏板7承重下移后,第二触点72触发第二光电开关901,从而控制平衡车的工作。针对第二光电开关901的不同设置位置,第二踏板7、中壳50和第二上壳30具有多种结构,以下将一一举例描述。Based on the above-mentioned embodiment, when the second pedal 7 is movably arranged on the second upper casing 30, the second component group includes a second photoelectric switch 901, and a position corresponding to the second photoelectric switch 901 on the lower surface of the second pedal 7 is provided The second contact 72, after the second pedal 7 moves down under the load, the second contact 72 triggers the second photoelectric switch 901, thereby controlling the work of the balance car. For the different setting positions of the second photoelectric switch 901 , the second pedal 7 , the middle casing 50 and the second upper casing 30 have various structures, which will be described by way of example below.
在一实施例中,第二踏板7设置在第二上壳30上,第二光电开关901设置在第二控制板5上,第二控制板5位于中壳50的下方,第二触点72设置在第二踏板7下表面的触点柱904上,第二上壳30上设有触点孔309,中壳50上设有触点贯穿孔902,触点贯穿孔902与触点孔309和触点对应,触点与第二光电开关901位置对应,触点依次穿过触点孔309和触点贯穿孔902触发第二光电开关901。为使第二踏板7可相对第二上壳30和中壳50上下移动,触点贯穿孔902的底部设有凸沿,凸沿上方设有弹簧,弹簧置于触点 贯穿孔902中,一端与凸沿相抵,另一端与踏板上的触点柱904相连接,用于第二踏板7的复位。In one embodiment, the second pedal 7 is arranged on the second upper casing 30, the second photoelectric switch 901 is arranged on the second control board 5, the second control board 5 is located under the middle casing 50, and the second contact 72 The contact post 904 is arranged on the lower surface of the second pedal 7, the second upper shell 30 is provided with a contact hole 309, the middle shell 50 is provided with a contact through hole 902, the contact through hole 902 and the contact hole 309 Corresponding to the contact point, the contact point corresponds to the position of the second photoelectric switch 901 , and the contact point passes through the contact hole 309 and the contact through hole 902 in sequence to trigger the second photoelectric switch 901 . In order to make the second pedal 7 move up and down relative to the second upper casing 30 and the middle casing 50, the bottom of the contact through hole 902 is provided with a convex edge, and the upper part of the convex edge is provided with a spring. The other end is connected to the contact post 904 on the pedal for resetting the second pedal 7 .
在另一实施例中,如附图19和附图20所示,第二踏板7设置在第二上壳30,第二光电开关901独立设置在第二上壳30上,位于第二踏板7的下方,第二控制板5位于中壳50的下方,第二光电开关901通过连接件与第二控制板5电连接,传递电信号,第二触点72设置在第二踏板7的下表面,当第二踏板7上站人或受力时,第二踏板7下压即可触发第二光电开关901,并将信号传送至中壳50下方的第二控制板5,控制平衡车开始工作。更具体地说,为固定第二光电开关901,第二上壳30上设有用于安装第二光电开关901的安装槽903,第二光电开关901置于安装槽903中。优选地,安装槽903的深度大于等于第二光电开关901的高度,避免第二踏板7在相对第二上壳30移动时挤压、损坏第二光电开关901。此时,安装槽903中或安装槽903的侧边设有第二过线孔9032,中壳50上设有第一通槽503,连接件可依次穿过第二过线孔9032和第一通槽503与第二控制板5连接。In another embodiment, as shown in FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 , the second pedal 7 is arranged on the second upper casing 30 , and the second photoelectric switch 901 is independently arranged on the second upper casing 30 and is located on the second pedal 7 Below, the second control board 5 is located below the middle shell 50 , the second photoelectric switch 901 is electrically connected to the second control board 5 through a connector to transmit electrical signals, and the second contact 72 is provided on the lower surface of the second pedal 7 , when a person stands on the second pedal 7 or receives force, the second pedal 7 can be pressed down to trigger the second photoelectric switch 901, and the signal is transmitted to the second control board 5 under the middle shell 50 to control the balance car to start working . More specifically, in order to fix the second photoelectric switch 901 , the second upper casing 30 is provided with a mounting groove 903 for mounting the second photoelectric switch 901 , and the second photoelectric switch 901 is placed in the mounting groove 903 . Preferably, the depth of the installation groove 903 is greater than or equal to the height of the second photoelectric switch 901 , so as to avoid squeezing and damaging the second photoelectric switch 901 when the second pedal 7 moves relative to the second upper casing 30 . At this time, a second wire hole 9032 is provided in the installation groove 903 or on the side of the installation groove 903, and a first through groove 503 is formed on the middle shell 50, and the connecting piece can pass through the second wire hole 9032 and the first wire in sequence. The through groove 503 is connected to the second control board 5 .
在另一实施例中,第二踏板7设置在中壳50上,第二光电开关901设置在第二控制板5上,第二控制板5位于中壳50的下方,第二触点72设置在第二踏板7下表面的触点柱904上,中壳50上设有触点贯穿孔902,第二触点72与第二光电开关901位置对应,第二触点72穿过触点贯穿孔902触发第二光电开关901。为使第二踏板7可相对第二上壳30和中壳50上下移动,触点贯穿孔902的底部设有凸沿,凸沿上方设有弹簧,弹簧置于触点贯穿孔902中,一端与凸沿相抵,另一端与踏板上的触点柱904相连接,用于第二踏板7的复位。In another embodiment, the second pedal 7 is arranged on the middle case 50, the second photoelectric switch 901 is arranged on the second control board 5, the second control board 5 is located under the middle case 50, and the second contact 72 is arranged On the contact post 904 on the lower surface of the second pedal 7, the middle shell 50 is provided with a contact through hole 902, the second contact 72 corresponds to the position of the second photoelectric switch 901, and the second contact 72 passes through the contact The hole 902 triggers the second photoelectric switch 901 . In order to make the second pedal 7 move up and down relative to the second upper casing 30 and the middle casing 50, the bottom of the contact through hole 902 is provided with a convex edge, and the upper part of the convex edge is provided with a spring. The other end is connected to the contact post 904 on the pedal for resetting the second pedal 7 .
在另一实施例中,如附图17和附图18所示,第二踏板7设置在中壳50 上,第二光电开关901独立设置在中壳50上,位于第二踏板7的下方,第二光电开关901通过连接件与第二控制板5电连接,传递电信号,第二控制板5位于中壳50下方,第二触点72设置在第二踏板7的下表面,当第二踏板7上站人或受力时,第二踏板7下压即可触发第二光电开关901,并将信号传送至中壳50下方的第二控制板5,控制平衡车开始工作。更具体地说,为固定第二光电开关901,中壳50上设有用于安装第二光电开关901的安装槽903,第二光电开关901置于安装槽903中。优选地,安装槽903的深度大于等于第二光电开关901的高度,避免第二踏板7在相对第二上壳30移动时挤压、损坏第二光电开关901;安装槽903中或安装槽903的侧边设有第三过线孔9033,连接件穿过第三过线孔9033与第二控制板5连接。与此同时,为了方便第二踏板7下压后复位,第二踏板7上设有安装弹簧的触点柱,中壳50上设有活动安装孔,第二上壳30上设有供第二踏板7穿过的通孔308,触点柱与活动安装孔相适配,弹簧的一端与触点柱连接或相抵,另一端与活动安装孔连接或相抵,以实现第二踏板7的回弹,触点柱穿过活动安装孔,在活动安装孔中上下移动,并在弹簧的作用下带动第二踏板7复位。触点柱位于第二踏板7的下表面,同时,弹簧环绕触点柱设置在活动安装孔。活动安装孔为非贯通孔,弹簧的一端与活动安装孔的底壁相抵。而在另一些实施例中,如附图18和附图39所示,活动安装孔可以为贯通孔,活动安装孔的底部设有与弹簧相抵的凸沿,使弹簧可在凸沿和第二踏板7之间伸缩,活动安装孔中的贯通孔可具有其他功能,比如方便中壳50内的部件维修或供其他光电开关的触点通过等,此时,活动安装孔为触点贯穿孔。In another embodiment, as shown in FIG. 17 and FIG. 18 , the second pedal 7 is arranged on the middle casing 50 , and the second photoelectric switch 901 is independently arranged on the middle casing 50 and is located below the second pedal 7 , The second photoelectric switch 901 is electrically connected to the second control board 5 through a connector to transmit electrical signals. The second control board 5 is located under the middle shell 50 , and the second contact 72 is provided on the lower surface of the second pedal 7 . When a person stands on the pedal 7 or is stressed, the second pedal 7 is pressed down to trigger the second photoelectric switch 901, and the signal is transmitted to the second control board 5 under the middle shell 50 to control the balance car to start working. More specifically, in order to fix the second photoelectric switch 901 , the middle case 50 is provided with an installation groove 903 for installing the second photoelectric switch 901 , and the second photoelectric switch 901 is placed in the installation groove 903 . Preferably, the depth of the installation groove 903 is greater than or equal to the height of the second photoelectric switch 901 to avoid squeezing or damaging the second photoelectric switch 901 when the second pedal 7 moves relative to the second upper casing 30; the installation groove 903 or the installation groove 903 There is a third wire hole 9033 on the side of the , and the connecting piece is connected to the second control board 5 through the third wire hole 9033 . At the same time, in order to facilitate the reset after the second pedal 7 is pressed down, the second pedal 7 is provided with a contact post for installing a spring, the middle shell 50 is provided with a movable mounting hole, and the second upper shell 30 is provided with a second The through hole 308 through which the pedal 7 passes, the contact column is adapted to the movable mounting hole, one end of the spring is connected or abutted with the contact column, and the other end is connected or abutted with the movable mounting hole, so as to realize the rebound of the second pedal 7 and contact the contact column. The point column passes through the movable installation hole, moves up and down in the movable installation hole, and drives the second pedal 7 to reset under the action of the spring. The contact post is located on the lower surface of the second pedal 7, and at the same time, the spring is arranged around the contact post in the movable mounting hole. The movable mounting hole is a non-through hole, and one end of the spring is in contact with the bottom wall of the movable mounting hole. In other embodiments, as shown in Fig. 18 and Fig. 39, the movable mounting hole can be a through hole, and the bottom of the movable mounting hole is provided with a protruding edge against the spring, so that the spring can be installed between the protruding edge and the second The pedals 7 are telescopic, and the through holes in the movable mounting holes can have other functions, such as facilitating maintenance of components in the middle shell 50 or allowing contacts of other photoelectric switches to pass through, etc. At this time, the movable mounting holes are contact through holes.
在一些实施例中,需要第一车体1和第二车体2相对转动,从而控制平衡车运行,因此,平衡车还包括转动机构3,转动机构3的一端与第一车体1 连接,另一端与第二车体2连接,而连接的具体方式和结构有多种,下面将举例描述其中几种的连接方式。In some embodiments, the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are required to rotate relative to each other, so as to control the operation of the balancing vehicle. Therefore, the balancing vehicle further includes a rotating mechanism 3, and one end of the rotating mechanism 3 is connected to the first vehicle body 1. The other end is connected to the second vehicle body 2, and there are many specific ways and structures of the connection, and several of the connection ways will be described below with examples.
在一实施例中,转动机构3的第二端32转动设置在第二车体2中,第一端31固定设置在第一车体1中,转动机构3的第一端31固定设置在第一上壳10和第一下壳20之间,转动机构3的第二端32可转动的设置在中壳50和第二下壳40之间,中壳50上和/或第二下壳40上设置限位机构,转动机构3包括转轴33和限位机构,限位机构与转轴33上的限位部34相适配,以限制转轴33的转动角度。第一车体1和第二车体2以转轴33的轴线为圆心转动。限位机构包括限位块37和限位块安装槽38,限位块安装槽38可以设置在第二下壳40上,也可以设置在中壳50,也可以第二下壳40和中壳50上均设置限位块安装槽38。在如附图1、附图4和附图34所示出的具体示例中,限位块安装槽38设置在第二下壳40上。转轴33位于中壳50和第二下壳40之间的一端设有限位部34,限位部34包括带缺口的限位凸台,限位块37为与限位凸台对应设置的限位片,且限位片的顶面在转轴33转动时可与限位凸台的两端分别抵触,以限制转轴33的转动角度。In one embodiment, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body 2, the first end 31 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1, and the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1. Between the upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40, the middle shell 50 and/or the second lower shell 40 A limit mechanism is provided on the upper part. The rotation mechanism 3 includes a rotation shaft 33 and a limit mechanism. The limit mechanism is matched with the limit part 34 on the rotation shaft 33 to limit the rotation angle of the rotation shaft 33 . The first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 rotate around the axis of the rotating shaft 33 . The limit mechanism includes a limit block 37 and a limit block installation groove 38. The limit block installation groove 38 can be set on the second lower shell 40, or on the middle shell 50, or the second lower shell 40 and the middle shell. 50 are provided with limit block installation grooves 38 . In the specific example shown in FIG. 1 , FIG. 4 and FIG. 34 , the limiting block mounting groove 38 is provided on the second lower shell 40 . One end of the rotating shaft 33 between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a limit portion 34 , the limit portion 34 includes a limit boss with a notch, and the limit block 37 is a limit corresponding to the limit boss. When the rotating shaft 33 rotates, the top surface of the limiting piece can collide with the two ends of the limiting boss respectively, so as to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 .
为了实现转动机构3的第二端32的定位,中壳50设置转动上连接槽507,第二下壳40对应转动上连接槽507的位置处设置转动下连接槽405,转动机构3可转动的设置在转动上连接槽507和转动下连接槽405之间,转动机构3包括转轴33,为实现转轴33与转动上连接轴和转动下连接轴的转动连接,转轴33置于中壳50和第二下壳40之间的一端上套设有第二套筒或轴承35,且为了安装轴承35或套筒,转动上连接轴和转动下连接轴中设有限位槽,更具体地说,当转轴33上套设的是轴承35时,转动上连接槽507和转动下连接槽405中设有轴承限位槽;当转轴33上套设的是第二套筒时,转动上连接 槽507和转动下连接槽405中设有套筒限位槽。转轴33可在第二套筒或轴承35中转动,从而使第一车体1和第二车体2可以相对转动。In order to realize the positioning of the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3, the middle shell 50 is provided with a rotating upper connecting groove 507, and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a rotating lower connecting groove 405 at the position corresponding to the rotating upper connecting groove 507, and the rotating mechanism 3 can be rotated. It is arranged between the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405. The rotating mechanism 3 includes a rotating shaft 33. In order to realize the rotating connection between the rotating shaft 33 and the rotating upper connecting shaft and the rotating lower connecting shaft, the rotating shaft 33 is placed in the middle shell 50 and the first One end between the two lower shells 40 is sleeved with a second sleeve or bearing 35, and in order to install the bearing 35 or the sleeve, a limit groove is provided in the rotating upper connecting shaft and the rotating lower connecting shaft. When the bearing 35 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 33, the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405 are provided with bearing limiting grooves; when the rotating shaft 33 is sleeved with the second sleeve, the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and A sleeve limiting groove is provided in the lower rotating connecting groove 405 . The rotating shaft 33 can rotate in the second sleeve or bearing 35, so that the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 can rotate relative to each other.
第一车体1和第二车体2通过转动机构3连接,而为了方便用户观察平衡车的工作情况,平衡车还包括指示灯板508,指示灯板508与控制电路板连接,可通过其上的发光器件反馈平衡车的工作状态。为保持平衡车的踩踏平衡,第一车体1和第二车体2上均设有踏板,供用户踩踏,为避免用户遮挡发光器件的光线,指示灯板508设置在第一车体1和第二车体2的连接处,即转动机构3所对应的位置,如附图1所示,指示灯板508设置在中壳50与转轴33相对位置的下方,更具体地说,位于转动上连接槽507内。转动上连接槽507中设有灯板柱5081和第一指示灯孔5082,第二上壳30与第一指示灯孔5082对应的位置设有第二指示灯孔3101,灯板柱5081用于安装指示灯板508,第一指示灯孔5082和第二指示灯孔3101用于透过指示灯板508上发光器件光线,指示灯孔的位置与指示灯板508上的发光器件相对应。发光器件可以为LED灯珠或其他小型灯具。第二指示灯孔3101上罩设有灯罩3102。The first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are connected by the rotating mechanism 3, and in order to facilitate the user to observe the working condition of the balancing vehicle, the balancing vehicle also includes an indicator light board 508, which is connected to the control circuit board, and can be passed through the indicator light board 508. The light-emitting device on it feeds back the working status of the balance car. In order to keep the pedaling balance of the balance car, the first car body 1 and the second car body 2 are provided with pedals for users to step on. The connection point of the second vehicle body 2 , that is, the position corresponding to the rotating mechanism 3 , as shown in FIG. 1 , the indicator light plate 508 is arranged below the relative position of the middle shell 50 and the rotating shaft 33 , more specifically, on the rotating shaft 33 . inside the connecting groove 507 . A lamp board post 5081 and a first indicator light hole 5082 are provided in the rotating upper connecting groove 507, and a second indicator light hole 3101 is provided in the position corresponding to the first indicator light hole 5082 on the second upper shell 30. The light board post 5081 is used for The indicator light plate 508 is installed. The first indicator light hole 5082 and the second indicator light hole 3101 are used to transmit light through the light emitting device on the indicator light plate 508 , and the position of the indicator light hole corresponds to the light emitting device on the indicator light plate 508 . The light-emitting device can be LED lamp beads or other small lamps. The second indicator hole 3101 is covered with a lamp cover 3102 .
在另一实施例中,转动机构3的第二端32转动设置在第二车体2中,第一端31固定设置在第一车体1中,转动机构3的第一端31固定设置在第一上壳10和第一下壳20之间,转动机构3的第二端32可转动的设置在中壳50中,中壳50对应位置设有筒状部,转动机构3可在筒状部内转动。更具体地说,筒状部为第一套筒506,为完整的中空圆柱形结构,并与转动机构3相适配,转动部件可以在第一套筒506中相对第二车体2转动,完整的中空圆柱形结构可以使转动部件在转动过程中更稳定,避免晃动。相比于其他实施例中,转动机构3的第二端的安装槽由上壳和下壳共同形成,若在生产或 安装过程中出现误差,使上壳和下壳形成的安装槽错位或存在不对应,内壁不光滑的情况,则会使转动部件在转动过程中晃动,从而导致平衡车无法稳定地运行。因此,将转动部件的一端转动设置在第一套筒506中可以解决上述问题,保证了平衡车的稳定运行。第一套筒中还可设置另外的套筒,以优化转动机构的第二端与第一套筒的转动连接结构。In another embodiment, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body 2 , the first end 31 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 , and the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 . Between the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably arranged in the middle shell 50, the middle shell 50 is provided with a cylindrical portion at a corresponding position, and the rotating mechanism 3 can be rotated in the cylindrical shape. Internal rotation. More specifically, the cylindrical part is the first sleeve 506, which is a complete hollow cylindrical structure and is adapted to the rotating mechanism 3, and the rotating part can rotate relative to the second vehicle body 2 in the first sleeve 506, The complete hollow cylindrical structure can make the rotating parts more stable during rotation and avoid shaking. Compared with other embodiments, the installation groove of the second end of the rotating mechanism 3 is jointly formed by the upper shell and the lower shell. If there is an error in the production or installation process, the installation groove formed by the upper shell and the lower shell may be dislocated or there may be inconsistencies. Correspondingly, if the inner wall is not smooth, the rotating parts will shake during the rotation process, so that the balance car cannot run stably. Therefore, the above problem can be solved by rotatably disposing one end of the rotating member in the first sleeve 506, and the stable operation of the balancing vehicle can be ensured. Additional sleeves can also be arranged in the first sleeve to optimize the rotational connection structure between the second end of the rotating mechanism and the first sleeve.
第二上壳30和第二下壳40上设有与第一套筒506对应的第一套筒安装槽406,当中壳50与第二上壳30和/或第二下壳40固定后,第一套筒506固定在第一套筒安装槽406中,转轴33的一端穿过第一套筒506并可在第一套筒506中转动;转轴33上套设有限位套36,限位套36位于第一套筒506的一侧或两侧,并与第一套筒506的侧壁相抵,用于限制转轴33在第一套筒506中移动,将转轴33的一端限制在第一套筒506中。如附图6所示出的具体示例中,限位套36为卡簧,卡在第一套筒506的两侧;由于卡簧突出于转轴33,因此第一套筒安装槽406中设有容纳限位套36的限位套槽4061,避免转轴33在转动过程中与第二下壳40干涉碰撞,限位套槽4061还可用于定位卡簧的位置,避免卡簧出现位移。The second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 are provided with first sleeve mounting grooves 406 corresponding to the first sleeve 506 . After the middle shell 50 and the second upper shell 30 and/or the second lower shell 40 are fixed, The first sleeve 506 is fixed in the first sleeve installation groove 406, and one end of the rotating shaft 33 passes through the first sleeve 506 and can rotate in the first sleeve 506; The sleeve 36 is located on one or both sides of the first sleeve 506, and is in contact with the side wall of the first sleeve 506, so as to limit the movement of the rotating shaft 33 in the first sleeve 506, and restrict one end of the rotating shaft 33 to the first sleeve 506. in the barrel 506. In the specific example shown in FIG. 6 , the limiting sleeve 36 is a circlip, which is clamped on both sides of the first sleeve 506 ; since the circlip protrudes from the rotating shaft 33 , the first sleeve installation groove 406 is provided with The limiting sleeve groove 4061 of the limiting sleeve 36 is accommodated to prevent the rotating shaft 33 from interfering and colliding with the second lower shell 40 during the rotation process.
为了避免第一车体1和第二车体2在相对转动时失控,需要限制第一车体1和第二车体2的相对转动角度,因此,转动机构3包括转轴33和限位组件,限位组件包括限位块37和限位块安装槽38,限位块37与转轴33上的限位部34相适配,以限制转轴33的转动角度。限位块37位于第二车体2中,限位块安装槽38设置在中壳50或第二下壳40上;限位部34露出于第一套筒506,限位块安装槽38位于第一套筒506朝向车轮的一侧。更具体地说,第一车体1和第二车体2以转轴33的轴线转动。在如附图6所示出的具体示例中,第二下壳40上设有安装限位块37的限位块安装槽38。转轴33 位于中壳50和第二下壳40之间的一端设有限位部34,限位部34包括带缺口的限位凸台,限位块37为与限位凸台对应设置的限位片,且限位片的顶面在转轴33转动时可与限位凸台的两端分别抵触,以限制转轴33的转动角度。In order to prevent the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 from running out of control during relative rotation, it is necessary to limit the relative rotation angle of the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2. Therefore, the rotating mechanism 3 includes a rotating shaft 33 and a limit component. The limit assembly includes a limit block 37 and a limit block mounting slot 38 , and the limit block 37 is adapted to the limit portion 34 on the rotating shaft 33 to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 . The limit block 37 is located in the second vehicle body 2, and the limit block installation groove 38 is arranged on the middle shell 50 or the second lower shell 40; the limit part 34 is exposed on the first sleeve 506, and the limit block installation groove 38 is located in the middle shell 50 or the second lower shell 40; The first sleeve 506 faces the side of the wheel. More specifically, the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 rotate on the axis of the rotation shaft 33 . In the specific example shown in FIG. 6 , the second lower shell 40 is provided with a limit block installation groove 38 for installing the limit block 37 . One end of the rotating shaft 33 between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a limit portion 34 , the limit portion 34 includes a limit boss with a notch, and the limit block 37 is a limit corresponding to the limit boss. When the rotating shaft 33 rotates, the top surface of the limiting piece can collide with the two ends of the limiting boss respectively, so as to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 .
第一车体1和第二车体2通过转动机构3连接,而为了方便用户观察平衡车的工作情况,平衡车还包括指示灯板508,指示灯板508与控制电路板连接,可通过其上的发光器件反馈平衡车的工作状态。为保持平衡车的踩踏平衡,第一车体1和第二车体2上均设有踏板,供用户踩踏,为避免用户遮挡发光器件的光线,指示灯板508设置在第一车体1和第二车体2的连接处,即转动机构3对应的位置,如附图5和附图6所示,指示灯板508设置在第二上壳30与转轴33相对位置的上方,可通过螺丝与第二上壳30固定。第二上壳30在与转动机构3的第二端32对应位置上设有第二指示灯孔3101。第二指示灯孔3101的位置与指示灯板508上的发光器件相对应。发光器件可以为LED灯珠或其他小型灯具。第二指示灯孔3101上罩设有灯罩3102。在实际应用时,指示灯板508、第二指示灯孔3101均可设置在第一车体1与连接件对应的位置,比如第一上壳10与连接件对应的位置上,不影响指示灯板508正常使用即可。The first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are connected by the rotating mechanism 3, and in order to facilitate the user to observe the working condition of the balancing vehicle, the balancing vehicle also includes an indicator light board 508, which is connected to the control circuit board, and can be passed through the indicator light board 508. The light-emitting device on it feeds back the working status of the balance car. In order to keep the pedaling balance of the balance car, the first car body 1 and the second car body 2 are provided with pedals for users to step on. The connection point of the second vehicle body 2, that is, the position corresponding to the rotating mechanism 3, as shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, the indicator light plate 508 is arranged above the relative position of the second upper shell 30 and the rotating shaft 33, and can be screwed It is fixed with the second upper casing 30 . The second upper casing 30 is provided with a second indicator hole 3101 at a position corresponding to the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 . The position of the second indicator hole 3101 corresponds to the light emitting device on the indicator plate 508 . The light-emitting device can be LED lamp beads or other small lamps. The second indicator hole 3101 is covered with a lamp cover 3102 . In practical application, the indicator light plate 508 and the second indicator light hole 3101 can be arranged at the position corresponding to the first vehicle body 1 and the connecting piece, such as the position corresponding to the first upper shell 10 and the connecting piece, without affecting the indicator light The board 508 can be used normally.
在另一实施例中,转动机构3的第二端32转动设置在第二车体2中,第一端31固定设置在第一车体1中,转动机构3的第一端31固定设置在第一上壳10和第一下壳20之间,转动机构3的第二端32可转动的设置在第二下壳40中,第二下壳40对应位置设有筒状部,转动机构3可在筒状部内转动。更具体地说,筒状部为第一套筒506,为完整的中空圆柱形结构,并与转动机构3相适配,转动部件可以在第一套筒506中相对第二车体2转动,完整的中空圆柱形结构可以使转动部件在转动过程中更稳定,避免晃动。相比于 其他实施例中,转动机构3的第二端32的安装槽由上壳和下壳共同形成,若在生产或安装过程中出现误差,使上壳和下壳形成的安装槽错位或存在不对应,内壁不光滑的情况,则会使转动部件在转动过程中晃动,从而导致平衡车无法稳定地运行。因此,将转动部件的一端转动设置在第一套筒506中可以解决上述问题,保证了平衡车的稳定运行。当然,筒状部还可设置在第二上壳30与转动机构3对应的位置,其他结构与该实施例一致。In another embodiment, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body 2 , the first end 31 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 , and the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 . Between the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably arranged in the second lower shell 40, and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a cylindrical portion at a corresponding position, and the rotating mechanism 3 It can be rotated in the cylindrical part. More specifically, the cylindrical part is the first sleeve 506, which is a complete hollow cylindrical structure and is adapted to the rotating mechanism 3, and the rotating part can rotate relative to the second vehicle body 2 in the first sleeve 506, The complete hollow cylindrical structure can make the rotating parts more stable during rotation and avoid shaking. Compared with other embodiments, the installation groove of the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is jointly formed by the upper shell and the lower shell. If there is an error in the production or installation process, the installation groove formed by the upper shell and the lower shell may be dislocated or dislocated. If there is no correspondence and the inner wall is not smooth, the rotating parts will shake during the rotation process, so that the balance car cannot run stably. Therefore, the above problem can be solved by rotatably disposing one end of the rotating member in the first sleeve 506, and the stable operation of the balancing vehicle can be ensured. Of course, the cylindrical portion can also be provided at a position corresponding to the second upper shell 30 and the rotating mechanism 3 , and other structures are consistent with this embodiment.
中壳50上设有与第一套筒506对应的第一套筒安装槽406,第二上壳30上设有与第一套筒安装槽406对应的覆盖部310,覆盖部310罩设在第一套筒安装槽406的外侧,当中壳50与第二上壳30和/或第二下壳40固定后,第一套筒506固定在第一套筒安装槽406中,转轴33的一端穿过第一套筒506并可在第一套筒506中转动;转轴33上套设有限位套36,限位套36位于第一套筒506的一侧或两侧,并与第一套筒506的侧壁相抵,用于限制转轴33在第一套筒506中移动,将转轴33的一端限制在第一套筒506中。如附图7和附图8所示出的具体示例中,限位套36为卡簧,卡在第一套筒506的两侧;由于卡簧突出于转轴33,因此第一套筒安装槽406中设有容纳限位套36的限位套槽4061,避免转轴33在转动过程中与第二下壳40干涉碰撞,限位套槽4061还可用于定位卡簧的位置,避免卡簧出现位移。The middle shell 50 is provided with a first sleeve installation groove 406 corresponding to the first sleeve 506 , and the second upper shell 30 is provided with a cover portion 310 corresponding to the first sleeve installation groove 406 , and the cover portion 310 is provided in the cover. Outside the first sleeve installation groove 406, after the middle case 50 is fixed with the second upper case 30 and/or the second lower case 40, the first sleeve 506 is fixed in the first sleeve installation groove 406, one end of the rotating shaft 33 It passes through the first sleeve 506 and can be rotated in the first sleeve 506; the rotating shaft 33 is sleeved with a limit sleeve 36, the limit sleeve 36 is located on one side or both sides of the first sleeve 506, and is connected with the first sleeve 506. The side walls of the cylinders 506 are abutted against each other to limit the movement of the rotating shaft 33 in the first sleeve 506 , and restrict one end of the rotating shaft 33 in the first sleeve 506 . In the specific example shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , the limiting sleeve 36 is a circlip, which is clamped on both sides of the first sleeve 506 ; since the circlip protrudes from the rotating shaft 33 , the first sleeve is installed in the groove. 406 is provided with a limit sleeve groove 4061 for accommodating the limit sleeve 36 to prevent the rotating shaft 33 from interfering and colliding with the second lower shell 40 during the rotation process. displacement.
为了避免第一车体1和第二车体2在相对转动时失控,需要限制第一车体1和第二车体2的相对转动角度,因此,中壳50上和/或第二下壳40上设置限位机构,转动机构3包括转轴33和限位机构,限位机构与转轴33上的限位部34相适配,以限制转轴33的转动角度。第一车体1和第二车体2以转轴33的轴线为圆心转动。限位机构包括限位块37和限位块安装槽38,限位块安装槽38可以设置在第二下壳40上,也可以设置在中壳50,也可以第 二下壳40和中壳50上均设置限位块安装槽38。在如附图7和附图8所示出的具体示例中,限位块安装槽38设置在第二下壳40上。转轴33位于中壳50和第二下壳40之间的一端设有限位部34,限位部34包括带缺口的限位凸台,限位块37为与限位凸台对应设置的限位片,且限位片的顶面在转轴33转动时可与限位凸台的两端分别抵触,以限制转轴33的转动角度。In order to prevent the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 from running out of control during relative rotation, the relative rotation angle of the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 needs to be limited. A limiting mechanism is provided on 40 , the rotating mechanism 3 includes a rotating shaft 33 and a limiting mechanism, and the limiting mechanism is adapted to the limiting portion 34 on the rotating shaft 33 to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 . The first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 rotate around the axis of the rotating shaft 33 . The limit mechanism includes a limit block 37 and a limit block installation groove 38. The limit block installation groove 38 can be set on the second lower shell 40, or on the middle shell 50, or the second lower shell 40 and the middle shell. 50 are provided with limit block installation grooves 38 . In the specific example shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , the limiting block mounting groove 38 is provided on the second lower shell 40 . One end of the rotating shaft 33 between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a limit portion 34 , the limit portion 34 includes a limit boss with a notch, and the limit block 37 is a limit corresponding to the limit boss. When the rotating shaft 33 rotates, the top surface of the limiting piece can collide with the two ends of the limiting boss respectively, so as to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 .
第一车体1和第二车体2通过转动机构3连接,而为了方便用户观察平衡车的工作情况,平衡车还包括指示灯板508,指示灯板508与控制电路板连接,可通过其上的发光器件反馈平衡车的工作状态。为保持平衡车的踩踏平衡,第一车体1和第二车体2上均设有踏板,供用户踩踏,为避免用户遮挡发光器件的光线,指示灯板508设置在第一车体1和第二车体2的连接处,即转动机构3所对应的位置,如附图7和附图8所示,指示灯板508设置在中壳50与转轴33相对位置的下方,更具体地说,位于第一套筒安装槽406内。第一套筒安装槽406中设有灯板柱5081和第一指示灯孔5082,第二上壳30与第一指示灯孔5082对应的位置设有第二指示灯孔3101,灯板柱5081用于安装指示灯板508,第一指示灯孔5082和第二指示灯孔3101用于透过指示灯板508上发光器件光线,第一指示灯孔5082和第二指示灯孔3101的位置与指示灯板508上的发光器件相对应。发光器件可以为LED灯珠或其他小型灯具。第二指示灯孔3101上罩设有灯罩3102。The first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are connected by the rotating mechanism 3, and in order to facilitate the user to observe the working condition of the balancing vehicle, the balancing vehicle also includes an indicator light board 508, which is connected to the control circuit board, and can be passed through the indicator light board 508. The light-emitting device on it feeds back the working status of the balance car. In order to keep the pedaling balance of the balance car, the first car body 1 and the second car body 2 are provided with pedals for users to step on. The connection point of the second vehicle body 2, that is, the position corresponding to the rotating mechanism 3, as shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8, the indicator light plate 508 is arranged below the relative position of the middle shell 50 and the rotating shaft 33, more specifically , located in the first sleeve installation groove 406 . The first sleeve mounting groove 406 is provided with a lamp board post 5081 and a first indicator light hole 5082, and the second upper shell 30 is provided with a second indicator light hole 3101 at a position corresponding to the first indicator light hole 5082, and the light board post 5081 It is used to install the indicator light board 508. The first indicator light hole 5082 and the second indicator light hole 3101 are used to transmit light from the light-emitting devices on the indicator light board 508. The positions of the first indicator light hole 5082 and the second indicator light hole 3101 are the same as The light emitting devices on the indicator board 508 correspond. The light-emitting device can be LED lamp beads or other small lamps. The second indicator hole 3101 is covered with a lamp cover 3102 .
在另一实施例中,转动机构3的第二端32转动设置在第二车体2中,第一端31固定设置在第一车体1中,转动机构3的第一端31固定设置在第一上壳10和第一下壳20之间,转动机构3的第二端32可转动地夹设在第二上壳30和第二下壳40之间,第二上壳30上和/或第二下壳40上设置限位机构。限位机构与转轴33上的限位部34相适配,以限制转轴33的转动角度。第一 车体1和第二车体2以转轴33的轴线为圆心转动。限位机构包括限位块37和限位块安装槽38,限位机构位于第二上壳30和第二下壳40之间,因此,限位块安装槽38可以设置在第二下壳40上,也可以设置在第二上壳30的下表面,也可以第二下壳40和第二上壳30上均设置限位块安装槽38。在如附图9和附图10所示出的具体示例中,限位块安装槽38设置在第二下壳40上。转轴33位于中壳50和第二下壳40之间的一端设有限位部34,限位部34包括带缺口的限位凸台,限位块37为与限位凸台对应设置的限位片,且限位片的顶面在转轴33转动时可与限位凸台的两端分别抵触,以限制转轴33的转动角度。In another embodiment, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body 2 , the first end 31 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 , and the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 is fixedly disposed in the first vehicle body 1 . Between the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably sandwiched between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40, and the second upper shell 30 and/or Or a limiting mechanism is provided on the second lower shell 40 . The limiting mechanism is adapted to the limiting portion 34 on the rotating shaft 33 to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 . The first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 rotate around the axis of the rotating shaft 33 as the center of the circle. The limit mechanism includes a limit block 37 and a limit block installation groove 38 , and the limit mechanism is located between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 , therefore, the limit block installation groove 38 can be set in the second lower shell 40 It can also be provided on the lower surface of the second upper shell 30 , and the limit block mounting grooves 38 can also be provided on both the second lower shell 40 and the second upper shell 30 . In the specific example shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 , the limiting block mounting groove 38 is provided on the second lower shell 40 . One end of the rotating shaft 33 between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40 is provided with a limit portion 34 , the limit portion 34 includes a limit boss with a notch, and the limit block 37 is a limit corresponding to the limit boss. When the rotating shaft 33 rotates, the top surface of the limiting piece can collide with the two ends of the limiting boss respectively, so as to limit the rotation angle of the rotating shaft 33 .
转轴33置于第二上壳30和第二下壳40之间的一端上套设有第二套筒(未画出)或轴承35,对应的,第二上壳30上设有转动上连接槽507,第二下壳40上设有转动下连接槽405,转动上连接槽507和转动下连接槽405相对设置,且为了安装轴承35或第二套筒,转动上连接槽507和转动下连接槽405中设有限位槽,更具体地说,当转轴33上套设的是轴承35时,转动上连接槽507和转动下连接槽405中设有轴承限位槽;当转轴33上套设的是第二套筒时,转动上连接槽507和转动下连接槽405中设有套筒限位槽。转轴33可在第二套筒或轴承35中转动,从而使第一车体1和第二车体2可以相对转动。A second sleeve (not shown) or a bearing 35 is sleeved on one end of the rotating shaft 33 placed between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 . Correspondingly, the second upper shell 30 is provided with a rotating upper connection Slot 507, the second lower shell 40 is provided with a rotating lower connecting groove 405, the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405 are oppositely arranged, and in order to install the bearing 35 or the second sleeve, the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 507 are arranged opposite to each other. The connecting groove 405 is provided with a limit groove. More specifically, when the bearing 35 is sleeved on the rotating shaft 33, the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405 are provided with bearing limit grooves; When the second sleeve is provided, there are sleeve limiting grooves in the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405 . The rotating shaft 33 can rotate in the second sleeve or bearing 35, so that the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 can rotate relative to each other.
第一车体1和第二车体2通过转动机构3连接,而为了方便用户观察平衡车的工作情况,平衡车还包括指示灯板508,指示灯板508与控制电路板连接,可通过其上的发光器件反馈平衡车的工作状态。为保持平衡车的踩踏平衡,第一车体1和第二车体2上均设有踏板,供用户踩踏,为避免用户遮挡发光器件的光线,指示灯板508设置在第一车体1和第二车体2的连接处, 即转动机构3所对应的位置,如附图9和附图10所示,指示灯板508设置在第二上壳30与转动机构3的第二端32对应的位置下方,更具体地说,指示灯板508位于转动上连接槽507中,转动上连接槽507中设有灯板柱5081和第二指示灯孔3101,灯板柱5081用于安装指示灯板508,第二指示灯孔3101用于透过指示灯板508上发光器件光线,第二指示灯孔3101的位置与指示灯板508上的发光器件相对应。发光器件可以为LED灯珠或其他小型灯具。第二指示灯孔3101上罩设有灯罩3102。The first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are connected by the rotating mechanism 3, and in order to facilitate the user to observe the working condition of the balancing vehicle, the balancing vehicle also includes an indicator light board 508, which is connected to the control circuit board, and can be passed through the indicator light board 508. The light-emitting device on it feeds back the working status of the balance car. In order to keep the pedaling balance of the balance car, the first car body 1 and the second car body 2 are provided with pedals for users to step on. As shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 , the connection point of the second vehicle body 2 , that is, the position corresponding to the rotating mechanism 3 , the indicator light plate 508 is provided on the second upper casing 30 corresponding to the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 . Below the position, more specifically, the indicator light plate 508 is located in the upper rotating connecting groove 507, and the upper rotating connecting groove 507 is provided with a light plate column 5081 and a second indicator hole 3101, and the light plate column 5081 is used to install the indicator light Board 508 , the second indicator hole 3101 is used to transmit light from the light-emitting device on the indicator plate 508 , and the position of the second indicator hole 3101 corresponds to the light-emitting device on the indicator plate 508 . The light-emitting device can be LED lamp beads or other small lamps. The second indicator hole 3101 is covered with a lamp cover 3102 .
在上述几个转动机构3的第一端31固定设置在第一车体1内的实施例中,转动机构3的第一端31与第一上壳10和第一下壳20的连接结构可以为:第一上壳10靠近第二上壳30的一端设置转动机构上固定槽106,对应的,第一下壳20靠近第二下壳40的一端设置转动机构下固定槽204,转动机构3固定在转动机构上固定槽106和转动机构下固定槽204之间,转动机构上固定槽106和转动机构下固定槽204在第一上壳10和第一下壳20连接固定后,形成与转动机构3的第一端31固定连接的固定槽,固定槽可以限制转动机构3的第一端31与第一车体1的相对转动,使第一车体1和第二车体2可以顺利地相对转动。转动机构3的第一端31与第一上壳10和第一下壳20的连接结构还可以为:第一上壳10靠近第二上壳30的一端设置转动机构固定柱107,转动机构3的第一端31上设有转动机构固定孔39,转动机构固定柱107与转动机构固定孔39的形状相适配,转动机构3通过转动机构固定柱107固定在第一上壳10和第一下壳20之间,安装时,转动机构固定柱107穿过转动机构固定孔39中,使转动机构3的第一端31与第一车体1固定连接,相对静止,从而使第一车体1和第二车体2可以顺利地相对转动;转动机构固定孔39可以为贯通结构,也可以为非贯通结构,当转动机构固定孔39为 贯通结构,第一上壳10和第一下壳20的对应位置可以均设置转动机构固定柱107;当转动机构固定孔39为非贯通结构时,第一上壳10或第一下壳20的对应位置设有转动机构固定柱107,且转动机构固定柱107朝向转动机构固定孔39设置,使其可以插入转动机构固定孔39中。In the above-mentioned embodiment in which the first ends 31 of the rotating mechanisms 3 are fixedly arranged in the first vehicle body 1 , the connection structure between the first ends 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 and the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20 may be That is: the end of the first upper shell 10 close to the second upper shell 30 is provided with the upper fixing groove 106 of the rotating mechanism; correspondingly, the end of the first lower shell 20 close to the second lower shell 40 is provided with the lower fixing groove 204 of the rotating mechanism, and the rotating mechanism 3 It is fixed between the upper fixing groove 106 of the rotating mechanism and the lower fixing groove 204 of the rotating mechanism. The first end 31 of the mechanism 3 is fixedly connected to the fixing groove, the fixing groove can limit the relative rotation of the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 and the first vehicle body 1, so that the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 can smoothly relative rotation. The connection structure between the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 and the first upper casing 10 and the first lower casing 20 can also be as follows: the end of the first upper casing 10 close to the second upper casing 30 is provided with a rotating mechanism fixing column 107, and the rotating mechanism 3 The first end 31 is provided with a rotating mechanism fixing hole 39, the rotating mechanism fixing column 107 is adapted to the shape of the rotating mechanism fixing hole 39, and the rotating mechanism 3 is fixed on the first upper shell 10 and the first upper casing 10 through the rotating mechanism fixing column 107. Between the lower shells 20, during installation, the rotating mechanism fixing column 107 passes through the rotating mechanism fixing hole 39, so that the first end 31 of the rotating mechanism 3 is fixedly connected with the first vehicle body 1, and is relatively stationary, so that the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 can smoothly rotate relative to each other; the fixing hole 39 of the rotating mechanism can be a through structure or a non-through structure. When the rotating mechanism fixing hole 39 is a through structure, the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20 can be provided with rotating mechanism fixing columns 107; when the rotating mechanism fixing holes 39 are non-through structures, the corresponding positions of the first upper shell 10 or the first lower shell 20 are provided with rotating mechanism fixing columns 107, and the rotating mechanism The fixing column 107 is disposed toward the rotation mechanism fixing hole 39 so that it can be inserted into the rotation mechanism fixing hole 39 .
在另一些实施例中,第一上壳或第一下壳上设有筒状结构,转动机构的第一端与筒状结构卡接固定。In other embodiments, the first upper shell or the first lower shell is provided with a cylindrical structure, and the first end of the rotating mechanism is clamped and fixed with the cylindrical structure.
基于上述若干实施例,使第二车轴与转动机构3的第二端32与同一平台连接可以使转动机构3和第二车轮80转动更平稳。更具体地说,当第二车轴安装座802设置在第二上壳30上时,第二车轴与第二上壳30连接,则优选地,转动机构3的第二端32转动夹设在第二上壳30和第二下壳40之间,或者,转动机构3的第二端32转动设置在第二上壳30的第一套筒506中;当第二车轴安装座802设置在中壳50上时,第二车轴与中壳50连接,则优选地,转动机构3的第二端32转动设置在中壳50和第二下壳40之间,或者,转动机构3的第二端32转动设置在中壳50的第一套筒506中;当第二车轴安装座802设置在第二下壳40上时,第二车轴与第二下壳40连接,则优选地,转动机构3的第二端32转动设置在中壳50和第二下壳40之间,或者,转动机构3的第二端32转动设置在第二下壳40的第一套筒506中。Based on the above embodiments, connecting the second axle and the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 to the same platform can make the rotating mechanism 3 and the second wheel 80 rotate more smoothly. More specifically, when the second axle mounting seat 802 is disposed on the second upper shell 30, and the second axle is connected to the second upper shell 30, preferably, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably clamped on the second upper shell 30. Between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40, or, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably arranged in the first sleeve 506 of the second upper shell 30; when the second axle mounting seat 802 is arranged in the middle shell 50, the second axle is connected to the middle shell 50, then preferably, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40, or the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably arranged in the first sleeve 506 of the middle shell 50; when the second axle mounting seat 802 is arranged on the second lower shell 40, the second axle is connected with the second lower shell 40, then preferably, the rotation mechanism 3 The second end 32 is rotatably disposed between the middle casing 50 and the second lower casing 40 , or the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the first sleeve 506 of the second lower casing 40 .
在一实施例中,转动机构3的第二端32可转动地设置在第二车体2中,第一端31可转动地设置在第一车体1中;转动机构3包括转轴33,转轴33的一端与第一车体1连接,另一端与第二车体2连接;第一车体1和第二车体2通过转轴33转动连接;所述转轴33的一端设有限位部34,所述第一车体1或所述第二车体2与所述限位部34对应的位置设有限位机构。In one embodiment, the second end 32 of the rotating mechanism 3 is rotatably disposed in the second vehicle body 2, and the first end 31 is rotatably disposed in the first vehicle body 1; the rotating mechanism 3 includes a rotating shaft 33, and the rotating shaft One end of the 33 is connected with the first vehicle body 1, and the other end is connected with the second vehicle body 2; the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are rotatably connected by a rotating shaft 33; one end of the rotating shaft 33 is provided with a limiting part 34, A limiting mechanism is provided at the position of the first vehicle body 1 or the second vehicle body 2 corresponding to the limiting portion 34 .
基于上述实施例里,如附图15至附图16所示,此时转轴33同时与第一 车体1和第二车体2转动连接,为了安装转轴33的第二端32和第一端31,优选地,在一实施例中,转轴33的第二端32位于中壳50和第二下壳40之间,第一端31位于第一上壳10和第一下壳20之间,更具体地说,第一上壳10和中壳50上设置转动上连接槽507,第一下壳20和第二下壳40上对应转动上连接槽507的位置处设置转动下连接槽405,转轴33的两端套设有轴承35,转动上连接槽507和转动下连接槽405上设有对应的轴承安装槽205,通过轴承35与第一车体1和第二车体2实现转动连接,并通过限位部进行转动限制。Based on the above embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 16 , the rotating shaft 33 is rotatably connected with the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 at the same time, in order to install the second end 32 and the first end of the rotating shaft 33 31. Preferably, in one embodiment, the second end 32 of the rotating shaft 33 is located between the middle shell 50 and the second lower shell 40, the first end 31 is located between the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 20, More specifically, the first upper shell 10 and the middle shell 50 are provided with rotating upper connecting grooves 507, and the first lower shell 20 and the second lower shell 40 are provided with rotating lower connecting grooves 405 at positions corresponding to the rotating upper connecting grooves 507, Bearings 35 are sleeved at both ends of the rotating shaft 33 , and corresponding bearing installation grooves 205 are provided on the rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405 , and the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are rotated through the bearings 35 , and limit the rotation through the limiter.
在另一实施例中,与上述实施例的不同在于,转轴33的第二端32位于第二上壳30和第二下壳40之间,第一端31位于第一上壳10和第一下壳20之间,更具体地说,第一上壳10和第二上壳30上设置转动上连接槽507,第一下壳20和第二下壳40上对应转动上连接槽507的位置处设置转动下连接槽405,转轴33的两端套设有轴承35,转动上连接槽507和转动下连接槽405上设有对应的轴承安装槽205,通过轴承35与第一车体1和第二车体2实现转动连接,并通过限位部进行转动限制。In another embodiment, the difference from the above-mentioned embodiment is that the second end 32 of the rotating shaft 33 is located between the second upper shell 30 and the second lower shell 40 , and the first end 31 is located between the first upper shell 10 and the first lower shell 40 . Between the lower shells 20, more specifically, the first upper shell 10 and the second upper shell 30 are provided with a rotating upper connecting groove 507, and the first lower shell 20 and the second lower shell 40 correspond to the positions of the rotating upper connecting groove 507 A rotating lower connecting groove 405 is provided at the center, and bearings 35 are sleeved at both ends of the rotating shaft 33. The rotating upper connecting groove 507 and the rotating lower connecting groove 405 are provided with corresponding bearing installation grooves 205. The second vehicle body 2 is connected in rotation, and the rotation is restricted by the limiting portion.
在另一实施例中,与上述实施例的不同在于,转轴33的两端与第一车体1和第二车体2上的套筒转动连接,更具体地说,第一上壳10或第一下壳20上设置有第三套筒,第二上壳30或中壳50或第二下壳40上设有第一套筒506,转轴33的一端转动设置在第三套筒,另一端转动设置在第一套筒506中。为防止转轴33与第一套筒506和第三套筒分离,转轴33与第一套筒506和第三套筒的连接处套设有卡簧或垫圈。转轴33与第一套筒506和第三套筒的接触面之间设有润滑层,使转轴33与第一套筒506和第三套筒转动更顺滑。润滑层可以为润滑油或其他常见的润滑材料。In another embodiment, the difference from the above-mentioned embodiment is that both ends of the rotating shaft 33 are rotatably connected with the sleeves on the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2, more specifically, the first upper shell 10 or The first lower shell 20 is provided with a third sleeve, the second upper shell 30 or the middle shell 50 or the second lower shell 40 is provided with a first sleeve 506, one end of the rotating shaft 33 is rotatably arranged on the third sleeve, and the other One end is rotatably arranged in the first sleeve 506 . In order to prevent the rotating shaft 33 from being separated from the first sleeve 506 and the third sleeve, a retaining spring or a washer is sleeved at the connection between the rotating shaft 33 and the first sleeve 506 and the third sleeve. A lubricating layer is provided between the contact surfaces of the rotating shaft 33 and the first sleeve 506 and the third sleeve, so that the rotating shaft 33 and the first sleeve 506 and the third sleeve rotate more smoothly. The lubricating layer can be lubricating oil or other common lubricating materials.
另外,平衡车处于安全考虑,装有喇叭409作为提示设备,喇叭409的体积较小,因此可以安装在第二车体2中,第二部件组包括喇叭409,更具体地说,可以安装在第二下壳40上,第二下壳40上设有用于安装喇叭409的喇叭安装槽407,喇叭安装槽407中设有声孔,喇叭409朝向声孔安装;同时,为方便连接,喇叭409需要与第二车体2中的控制电路板连接,即第二控制电路板。当然,在另一些实施例中,第一部件组也可以包括喇叭409,喇叭409也可安装在第一车体1中。In addition, for safety reasons, the balance car is equipped with a horn 409 as a prompt device. The volume of the horn 409 is small, so it can be installed in the second vehicle body 2. The second component group includes the horn 409. More specifically, it can be installed in the second vehicle body 2. The second lower shell 40 is provided with a speaker installation slot 407 for installing the speaker 409, the speaker installation slot 407 is provided with a sound hole, and the speaker 409 is installed toward the sound hole; at the same time, for the convenience of connection, the speaker 409 needs It is connected to the control circuit board in the second vehicle body 2, that is, the second control circuit board. Of course, in other embodiments, the first component group may also include a horn 409 , and the horn 409 may also be installed in the first vehicle body 1 .
优选地,为方便控制平衡车,第一车体1或第二车体2上设有总开关,总开关与第一控制板4或第二控制板5连接,如附图1、附图7、附图13所示出的具体示例中,第二车体2的第二下壳40上设有总开关安装孔408,用于安装总开关。当然,在其他实施例,总开关可以设置在第一车体1的第一下壳20上。Preferably, in order to facilitate the control of the balance vehicle, a main switch is provided on the first vehicle body 1 or the second vehicle body 2, and the main switch is connected to the first control board 4 or the second control board 5, as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 7 13. In the specific example shown in FIG. 13, the second lower shell 40 of the second vehicle body 2 is provided with a main switch mounting hole 408 for installing the main switch. Of course, in other embodiments, the main switch may be provided on the first lower shell 20 of the first vehicle body 1 .
优选地,在一些实施例中,为方便拿取平衡车,第一车体1和第二车体2上设有提手8,更具体地说,提手8设置在第一车体1和第二车体2的连接处,包括分离设置的第一部和第二部,第一部、第二部以及第一车体1和第二车体2形成提手腔,提手腔基本位于平衡车的中间位置,由于第一车体1和第二车体2的重量基本平衡,设置在该处的提手8的两侧受力也平衡,用户握持提手8后,拿取平衡车更省力。Preferably, in some embodiments, in order to facilitate taking the balance car, the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 are provided with handles 8 , and more specifically, the handle 8 is provided on the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 . The connection of the second vehicle body 2 includes a first part and a second part which are separately arranged. The first part, the second part and the first vehicle body 1 and the second vehicle body 2 form a handle cavity, and the handle cavity is basically located in the In the middle position of the balance car, since the weights of the first car body 1 and the second car body 2 are basically balanced, the forces on both sides of the handle 8 arranged there are also balanced. After the user holds the handle 8, take the balance The car is more energy efficient.
上述实施方式仅为本发明的优选实施方式,不能以此来限定本发明保护的范围,本领域的技术人员在本发明的基础上所做的任何非实质性的变化及替换均属于本发明所要求保护的范围。The above-mentioned embodiments are only preferred embodiments of the present invention, and cannot be used to limit the scope of protection of the present invention. Any insubstantial changes and substitutions made by those skilled in the art on the basis of the present invention belong to the scope of the present invention. Scope of protection claimed.

Claims (33)

  1. 一种平衡车,包括第一车体和第二车体,其特征在于:A balance car, comprising a first body and a second body, characterized in that:
    所述第一车体包括第一上壳、第一下壳和第一部件组,所述第二车体包括第二上壳、中壳、第二下壳和第二部件组,所述中壳设置在所述第二上壳和所述第二下壳之间,所述中壳使所述第一车体和第二车体的重量基本平衡。The first vehicle body includes a first upper casing, a first lower casing and a first component group, the second vehicle body includes a second upper casing, a middle casing, a second lower casing and a second component group, the middle casing A shell is disposed between the second upper shell and the second lower shell, and the middle shell substantially balances the weights of the first body and the second body.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第一部件组包括电池组件;The self-balancing vehicle of claim 1, wherein the first component group comprises a battery assembly;
    所述电池组件设置在所述第一上壳上,所述第一上壳上设置有电池定位柱,所述电池组件通过所述电池定位柱与所述第一上壳固定;或,所述电池组件设置在所述第一下壳上,所述第一下壳上设置有电池定位柱,所述电池组件通过所述电池定位柱与所述第一下壳固定。The battery assembly is disposed on the first upper case, a battery positioning post is disposed on the first upper case, and the battery assembly is fixed to the first upper case through the battery positioning post; or, the The battery assembly is arranged on the first lower case, a battery positioning post is arranged on the first lower case, and the battery assembly is fixed to the first lower case through the battery positioning post.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的平衡车,其特征在于:The balance car as claimed in claim 2, characterized in that:
    所述电池定位柱包括电池预定位柱和电池锁紧柱,所述电池组件的外壁上对应设有预定位槽和锁紧孔;和/或The battery positioning column includes a battery pre-positioning column and a battery locking column, and a pre-positioning slot and a locking hole are correspondingly provided on the outer wall of the battery assembly; and/or
    所述电池定位柱包括两组,两组所述电池定位柱在所述第一上壳上或所述第一下壳上对称设置。The battery positioning posts include two groups, and the two sets of battery positioning posts are symmetrically arranged on the first upper case or the first lower case.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述中壳与所述第二上壳连接;和/或所述中壳与所述第二下壳连接。The balance car according to claim 1, wherein: the middle shell is connected with the second upper shell; and/or the middle shell is connected with the second lower shell.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述中壳上设置第一连接结构,所述第二上壳上对应设置第二连接结构,所述第一连接结构和所述第二连接结构配合使得所述中壳与所述第二上壳连接,所述第一连接结构和所述第二连接结构是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合;和/或The balance car according to claim 4, characterized in that: a first connecting structure is arranged on the middle shell, a second connecting structure is correspondingly arranged on the second upper shell, and the first connecting structure and the second connecting structure are correspondingly arranged. The connection structure cooperates so that the middle case is connected with the second upper case, and the first connection structure and the second connection structure are any combination of connection holes or connection posts; and/or
    所述中壳上设置第三连接结构,所述第二下壳上对应设置第四连接结构,所述第三连接结构和所述第四连接结构配合使得所述中壳与所述第二下壳连接,所述第三连接结构和所述第四连接结构是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合。A third connection structure is arranged on the middle shell, and a fourth connection structure is correspondingly arranged on the second lower shell. The third connection structure and the fourth connection structure cooperate so that the middle shell and the second lower shell cooperate Shell connection, the third connection structure and the fourth connection structure are any combination of connection holes or connection posts.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述中壳与所述第二上壳连接时,所述第一连接结构有两个,两个所述第一连接结构在所述中壳上对称设置,和/或两个所述第一连接结构的连线与水平线垂直;The balance car according to claim 5, wherein: when the middle shell is connected with the second upper shell, there are two first connecting structures, and two of the first connecting structures are in the middle shell. The shell is symmetrically arranged, and/or the connecting line of the two first connecting structures is perpendicular to the horizontal line;
    所述中壳与所述第二下壳连接时,所述第三连接结构有两个,两个所述第三连接结构在所述中壳上对称设置,和/或两个所述第三连接结构的连线与水平线垂直。When the middle case is connected to the second lower case, there are two third connection structures, two of the third connection structures are symmetrically arranged on the middle case, and/or two of the third connection structures The connecting lines connecting the structures are perpendicular to the horizontal lines.
  7. 如权利要求4所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第二上壳的下部设有容纳部,所述中壳置于所述容纳部中,且所述容纳部的下表面与所述中壳的上表面接触;或The balance car according to claim 4, characterized in that: the lower part of the second upper shell is provided with an accommodating part, the middle shell is placed in the accommodating part, and the lower surface of the accommodating part is in contact with the accommodating part. the upper surface of the mid-shell contacts; or
    所述第二下壳上侧设置容纳部,所述中壳设置在所述容纳部中;An accommodating portion is arranged on the upper side of the second lower shell, and the middle shell is arranged in the accommodating portion;
    or
    所述第二上壳下侧和所述第二下壳上侧共同形成容纳部,所述中壳设置在所述容纳部中,所述中壳的上表面与所述第二上壳的下表面接触。The lower side of the second upper shell and the upper side of the second lower shell together form a accommodating portion, the middle shell is arranged in the accommodating portion, and the upper surface of the middle shell and the lower surface of the second upper shell surface contact.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述中壳的厚度大于所述第二上壳的厚度;和/或,所述中壳上设有中壳加强筋。The balance car according to claim 7, characterized in that: the thickness of the middle shell is greater than the thickness of the second upper shell; and/or, the middle shell is provided with a middle shell reinforcing rib.
  9. 如权利要求1至8任一项所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第二上壳上设置第五连接结构,所述第二下壳上对应设置第六连接结构,所述第五连接结构和所述第六连接结构配合使得所述第二上壳与所述第二下壳连接;所 述第五连接结构和所述第六连接结构是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合;和/或The balance vehicle according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein a fifth connecting structure is provided on the second upper shell, a sixth connecting structure is correspondingly provided on the second lower shell, and the fifth connecting structure is provided on the second lower shell. The connection structure and the sixth connection structure cooperate so that the second upper case is connected with the second lower case; the fifth connection structure and the sixth connection structure are any combination of connection holes or connection posts; and /or
    所述第一上壳上设置第七连接结构,所述第一下壳上对应设置第八连接结构,所述第七连接结构和所述第八连接结构配合使得所述第一上壳与所述第一下壳连接,所述第七连接结构和所述第八连接结构是连接孔或连接柱的任意组合。The first upper case is provided with a seventh connection structure, and the first lower case is provided with an eighth connection structure correspondingly, and the seventh connection structure and the eighth connection structure cooperate so that the first upper case and the The first lower shell is connected, and the seventh connection structure and the eighth connection structure are any combination of connection holes or connection posts.
  10. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第二上壳的上表面和所述第一上壳的上表面在同一水平面上。The balance car of claim 1, wherein the upper surface of the second upper shell and the upper surface of the first upper shell are on the same horizontal plane.
  11. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于:第一部件组包括第一车轮,第二部件组包括第二车轮,所述第一车轮设置在所述第一上壳远离所述中壳的外侧端上,所述第二车轮设置在所述中壳远离所述第一上壳的外侧端上。The balance car of claim 1, wherein the first component group includes a first wheel, the second component group includes a second wheel, and the first wheel is disposed on the first upper shell away from the middle shell On the outer end of the second wheel, the second wheel is arranged on the outer end of the middle shell away from the first upper shell.
  12. 如权利要求11所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第二车轮包括第二车轴,所述第二上壳靠近第二车轮的一侧设有第一车轮挡板,所述第二下壳靠近所述第二车轮的一侧设有第二车轮挡板,所述第一车轮挡板和所述第二车轮挡板对应设置,形成对第二车轴的密封,设置所述中壳靠近所述第二车轮的外侧端与所述第一车轮挡板或所述第二车轮挡板相抵,以定位所述中壳;和/或The balance car according to claim 11, wherein the second wheel comprises a second axle, the side of the second upper shell close to the second wheel is provided with a first wheel baffle, and the second lower shell is provided with a first wheel baffle. The side of the casing close to the second wheel is provided with a second wheel baffle, the first wheel baffle and the second wheel baffle are arranged correspondingly to form a seal for the second axle, and the middle casing is arranged close to The outboard end of the second wheel abuts the first wheel guard or the second wheel guard to position the mid-shell; and/or
    所述第一车轮包括第一车轴,所述第一上壳靠近第一车轮的一侧设有第三车轮挡板,所述第一下壳靠近所述第一车轮的一侧设有第四车轮挡板,所述第三车轮挡板和所述第四车轮挡板对应设置,形成对第一车轴的密封。The first wheel includes a first axle, the side of the first upper shell close to the first wheel is provided with a third wheel baffle, and the side of the first lower shell close to the first wheel is provided with a fourth wheel baffle. The wheel baffle, the third wheel baffle and the fourth wheel baffle are arranged correspondingly to form a seal for the first axle.
  13. 如权利要求11所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第一部件组还包括第一挡泥板,所述第一挡泥板设置在所述第一上壳的外侧,并位于所述第一 车轮上方,所述第一挡泥板和所述第一上壳为一体结构;和/或The balance car of claim 11, wherein the first component group further comprises a first fender, and the first fender is arranged on the outer side of the first upper shell and located on the Above the first wheel, the first fender and the first upper shell are integrated; and/or
    所述第二部件组还包括第二挡泥板,所述第二挡泥板设置在所述第二上壳的外侧,并位于所述第二车轮上方,所述第二挡泥板和所述第二上壳为一体结构。The second component group further includes a second fender, the second fender is arranged on the outer side of the second upper shell and is located above the second wheel, the second fender and all the The second upper shell is an integral structure.
  14. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第一部件组包括第一踏板,所述第二部件组包括第二踏板,所述第一踏板设置在所述第一上壳上,所述第二踏板设置在所述第二上壳或所述中壳上;The balance bike of claim 1, wherein the first component group includes a first pedal, the second component group includes a second pedal, and the first pedal is disposed on the first upper shell , the second pedal is arranged on the second upper shell or the middle shell;
    所述第一踏板的结构如下:一体踏板,或包括踏皮和踏垫组成;The structure of the first pedal is as follows: an integrated pedal, or consisting of a pedal leather and a pedal pad;
    所述第二踏板的结构如下:一体踏板,或包括踏皮和踏垫组成。The structure of the second pedal is as follows: an integrated pedal, or composed of a pedal skin and a pedal pad.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第一上壳上设有第一踏板安装孔,所述第一踏板通过第一踏板安装孔设置在所述第一上壳上;The balance car according to claim 14, wherein: the first upper shell is provided with a first pedal mounting hole, and the first pedal is disposed on the first upper shell through the first pedal mounting hole;
    所述第二上壳上设置第二踏板第一安装孔,所述第二踏板包括活动连接固定柱,所述活动连接固定柱与所述第二踏板第一安装孔配合连接。The second upper shell is provided with a first installation hole for a second pedal, the second pedal includes an movable connection fixing column, and the movable connection fixing column is matched and connected with the first installation hole of the second pedal.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的平衡车,其特征在于:对应所述第二踏板第一安装孔位置,所述中壳上设置第二踏板第二安装孔;所述活动连接固定柱与所述第二踏板第一安装孔和所述第二踏板第二安装孔配合,使得所述第二踏板活动固定在所述第二上壳上。The balance car according to claim 15, wherein: corresponding to the position of the first installation hole of the second pedal, a second installation hole of the second pedal is provided on the middle shell; The first mounting hole of the two pedals is matched with the second mounting hole of the second pedal, so that the second pedal is movably fixed on the second upper shell.
  17. 如权利要求14所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第二上壳上设置通孔,所述中壳上设置第二踏板第二安装孔,所述第二踏板包括活动连接固定柱;所述活动连接固定柱穿过所述通孔并与所述第二踏板第二安装孔配合,使得所述第二踏板活动固定在所述中壳上。The balance car according to claim 14, characterized in that: the second upper shell is provided with a through hole, the middle shell is provided with a second mounting hole for the second pedal, and the second pedal comprises an active connection fixing column; The movable connection fixing post passes through the through hole and is matched with the second mounting hole of the second pedal, so that the second pedal is movably fixed on the middle shell.
  18. 如权利要求14至17任一项所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第二部件组还包括第二光电开关,所述第二光电开关设置在所述中壳的下侧;所述第二踏板包括触点,所述中壳上设置触点贯穿孔;所述第二踏板设置在第二上壳上时,所述第二上壳上设置触点孔,所述触点通过所述触点孔、所述触点贯穿孔与所述第二光电开关配合;所述第二踏板设置在中壳上时,所述触点通过所述触点贯穿孔与所述第二光电开关配合;所述触点贯穿孔中设置弹簧,使得第二踏板可以回弹。The balance car according to any one of claims 14 to 17, characterized in that: the second component group further comprises a second photoelectric switch, and the second photoelectric switch is arranged on the lower side of the middle shell; the The second pedal includes a contact, and the middle shell is provided with a contact through hole; when the second pedal is set on the second upper shell, the second upper shell is provided with a contact hole, and the contact passes through the contact hole. The contact hole and the contact through hole are matched with the second photoelectric switch; when the second pedal is arranged on the middle case, the contact is connected to the second photoelectric switch through the contact through hole Matching; a spring is arranged in the contact through hole, so that the second pedal can rebound.
  19. 如权利要求14至17任一项所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述第二部件组还包括第二光电开关,所述第二光电开关设置在所述第二上壳上,位于所述第二踏板下方;所述第二上壳上设有用于安装所述第二光电开关的安装槽,所述第二光电开关置于所述安装槽中;所述第二踏板包括触点,所述触点与所述第二光电开关对应设置;所述中壳上设有活动安装孔,所述第二上壳上设有触点孔,所述触点孔与活动安装孔对应,所述第二踏板还包括触点柱,所述触点柱与所述活动安装孔相适配,所述活动安装孔中设置弹簧,使得第二踏板可以回弹。The balance car according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein the second component group further comprises a second photoelectric switch, and the second photoelectric switch is arranged on the second upper shell and is located at the the second upper shell is provided with a mounting groove for installing the second photoelectric switch, and the second photoelectric switch is placed in the mounting groove; the second pedal includes a contact, The contacts are arranged corresponding to the second photoelectric switch; the middle shell is provided with movable mounting holes, the second upper shell is provided with contact holes, and the contact holes correspond to the movable mounting holes, so The second pedal further includes a contact post, the contact post is adapted to the movable mounting hole, and a spring is arranged in the movable mounting hole, so that the second pedal can rebound.
  20. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于,所述中壳下侧设置第二车轴安装座,或所述第二上壳下侧设置第二车轴安装座,或所述第二下壳上设置第二车轴安装座;所述第二车轴安装座包括第二车轴压片固定孔和第二车轴安装槽;所述第二车轴压片固定孔包括两组,两组所述第二车轴压片固定孔对称设置在所述第二车轴安装槽两侧;和/或The balance car according to claim 1, wherein a second axle mounting seat is provided on the lower side of the middle shell, or a second axle mounting seat is provided on the lower side of the second upper shell, or the second lower shell is provided A second axle mounting seat is arranged on the top; the second axle mounting seat includes a second axle pressing sheet fixing hole and a second axle mounting groove; the second axle pressing sheet fixing hole includes two groups, and two groups of the second axle The pressing piece fixing holes are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the second axle mounting groove; and/or
    所述第一上壳下侧设置第一车轴安装座,或,所述第一下壳上设置第一车轴安装座;所述第一车轴安装座包括第一车轴压片固定孔和第一车轴安装 槽;所述第一车轴压片固定孔包括两组,两组所述第一车轴压片固定孔对称设置在所述第一车轴安装槽两侧。A first axle mounting seat is arranged on the lower side of the first upper shell, or, a first axle mounting seat is arranged on the first lower shell; the first axle mounting seat includes a first axle pressing plate fixing hole and a first axle An installation groove; the first axle pressing piece fixing holes include two groups, and the two sets of the first axle pressing piece fixing holes are symmetrically arranged on both sides of the first axle installation groove.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的平衡车,其特征在于,所述中壳下侧设置第二控制板连接柱,或所述第二上壳下侧设置第二控制板连接柱;所述第二控制板连接柱包括两组,两组所述第二控制板连接柱分别位于所述第二车轴安装座的两侧;和/或The balance car according to claim 20, wherein a second control panel connecting column is arranged on the lower side of the middle shell, or a second control panel connecting column is arranged on the lower side of the second upper shell; The board connecting column includes two groups, and the two groups of the second control board connecting column are respectively located on both sides of the second axle mounting seat; and/or
    所述第一上壳下侧设置第一控制板连接柱;所述第一控制板连接柱包括两组,两组所述第一控制板连接柱分别设置在所述第一车轴安装座的两侧。The lower side of the first upper shell is provided with a first control board connecting column; the first control board connecting column includes two groups, and the two groups of the first control board connecting column are respectively arranged on two sides of the first axle mounting seat. side.
  22. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于,还包括转动机构,所述转动机构的一端设置在第一车体中,另一端设置在第二车体中,使第一车体和第二车体可相对转动。The balance car according to claim 1, further comprising a rotating mechanism, one end of the rotating mechanism is arranged in the first vehicle body, and the other end is arranged in the second vehicle body, so that the first vehicle body and the first vehicle body are connected to the second vehicle body. The two bodies can rotate relative to each other.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述转动机构的第一端固定设置在所述第一上壳和所述第一下壳之间;The balance car according to claim 22, wherein the first end of the rotating mechanism is fixedly arranged between the first upper shell and the first lower shell;
    所述转动机构的第二端可转动的设置在所述中壳和所述第二下壳之间,所述中壳上和/或所述第二下壳上设置限位机构;或The second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed between the middle shell and the second lower shell, and a limiting mechanism is provided on the middle shell and/or on the second lower shell; or
    所述转动机构的第二端可转动地设置在所述中壳中,所述中壳对应位置设有筒状部,所述转动机构可在所述筒状部内转动;或The second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed in the middle shell, the middle shell is provided with a cylindrical portion at a corresponding position, and the rotating mechanism can rotate in the cylindrical portion; or
    所述转动机构的第二端可转动的设置所述第二下壳中,所述第二下壳对应位置处设置筒状部,所述转动机构可在所述筒状部内转动;或The second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed in the second lower casing, a cylindrical portion is provided at a corresponding position of the second lower casing, and the rotating mechanism can rotate in the cylindrical portion; or
    所述转动机构的第二端可转动的夹设在所述第二上壳和所述第二下壳之间,所述第二上壳上和/或所述第二下壳上设置限位机构。The second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably sandwiched between the second upper shell and the second lower shell, and a limit is set on the second upper shell and/or the second lower shell mechanism.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的平衡车,其特征在于,所述筒状部内设置第一套筒,所述转动机构可在所述第一套筒内转动。The balance car according to claim 23, wherein a first sleeve is provided in the cylindrical portion, and the rotating mechanism is rotatable in the first sleeve.
  25. 如权利要求23所述的平衡车,其特征在于,所述转动机构的第二端可转动的设置在所述中壳和所述第二下壳之间时,所述中壳设置转动上连接槽,所述第二下壳对应所述转动上连接槽的位置处设置转动下连接槽,所述转动机构可转动的设置在所述转动上连接槽和所述转动下连接槽之间;The balance car according to claim 23, wherein when the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably disposed between the middle shell and the second lower shell, the middle shell is provided with a rotating upper connection a lower rotating connecting groove is provided at the position of the second lower shell corresponding to the rotating upper connecting groove, and the rotating mechanism is rotatably arranged between the rotating upper connecting groove and the rotating lower connecting groove;
    所述转动下连接槽中设置限位块安装槽,和/或所述转动上连接槽中设置限位块安装槽;A limit block installation groove is set in the lower rotating connecting groove, and/or a limit block installation groove is set in the rotating upper connecting groove;
    所述转动上连接槽中设置指示灯板安装柱;An indicator light board mounting post is arranged in the upper connecting groove of the rotation;
    所述转动上连接槽中设置第一指示灯孔,对应所述第一指示灯孔位置处,所述第二上壳上设置第二指示灯孔,对应所述第二指示灯孔位置处,所述第二上壳上设置指示灯罩。A first indicator hole is arranged in the upper rotating connecting groove, corresponding to the position of the first indicator hole, and a second indicator hole is arranged on the second upper shell, corresponding to the position of the second indicator hole, An indicator light cover is arranged on the second upper shell.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的平衡车,其特征在于,还包括轴承;所述转动上连接槽和所述转动下连接槽中设有限位槽,所述轴承设置在所述限位槽之间,并配合所述转动机构转动。The balance car according to claim 25, further comprising a bearing; a limit groove is provided in the rotation upper connecting groove and the rotation lower connecting groove, and the bearing is arranged between the limit grooves, And cooperate with the rotating mechanism to rotate.
  27. 如权利要求25所述的平衡车,其特征在于,还包括第二套筒;所述转动上连接槽中设置套筒安装槽,所述第二套筒设置在所述套筒安装槽中,并配合所述转动机构转动。The balance car according to claim 25, further comprising a second sleeve; a sleeve installation groove is set in the upper rotating connecting groove, and the second sleeve is set in the sleeve installation groove, And cooperate with the rotating mechanism to rotate.
  28. 如权利要求23所述的平衡车,其特征在于,所述第一上壳靠近第二上壳的一端设置转动机构上固定槽,对应的,所述第一下壳靠近所述第二下壳的一端设置转动机构下固定槽,所述转动机构固定在所述转动机构上固定 槽和所述转动机构下固定槽之间;或The balance car according to claim 23, characterized in that, an upper fixing groove of the rotating mechanism is set at one end of the first upper shell close to the second upper shell, and correspondingly, the first lower shell is close to the second lower shell One end of the rotating mechanism is provided with a lower fixing groove of the rotating mechanism, and the rotating mechanism is fixed between the upper fixing groove of the rotating mechanism and the lower fixing groove of the rotating mechanism; or
    所述第一上壳靠近第二上壳的一端设置转动机构固定柱,所述转动机构通过所述转动机构固定柱固定在所述第一上壳和所述第一下壳之间。One end of the first upper casing close to the second upper casing is provided with a rotation mechanism fixing column, and the rotating mechanism is fixed between the first upper casing and the first lower casing through the rotating mechanism fixing column.
  29. 如权利要求22所述的平衡车,其特征在于:所述转动机构的第二端可转动地设置在第二车体中,第一端可转动地设置在第一车体中;所述转动机构包括转轴,所述转轴的一端与所述第一车体连接,另一端与所述第二车体连接;所述转轴相对所述第一车体和第二车体转动;所述转轴的一端设有限位部,所述第一车体或所述第二车体与所述限位部对应的位置设有限位机构;The balance car according to claim 22, wherein the second end of the rotating mechanism is rotatably arranged in the second vehicle body, and the first end is rotatably arranged in the first vehicle body; The mechanism includes a rotating shaft, one end of the rotating shaft is connected with the first vehicle body, and the other end is connected with the second vehicle body; the rotating shaft rotates relative to the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body; One end is provided with a limiting portion, and a limiting mechanism is provided at the position corresponding to the first vehicle body or the second vehicle body and the limiting portion;
    所述第一上壳和所述中壳上设置转动上连接槽,所述第一下壳和所述第二下壳上对应所述转动上连接槽的位置处设置转动下连接槽,所述转轴的两端套设有轴承,所述转动上连接槽和所述转动下连接槽上设有对应的轴承安装槽;或者The first upper shell and the middle shell are provided with rotating upper connecting grooves, the first lower shell and the second lower shell are provided with rotating lower connecting grooves at positions corresponding to the rotating upper connecting grooves, and the Bearings are sleeved at both ends of the rotating shaft, and corresponding bearing installation grooves are provided on the rotating upper connecting groove and the rotating lower connecting groove; or
    所述第一上壳和所述第二上壳上设置转动上连接槽,所述第一下壳和所述第二下壳上对应所述转动上连接槽的位置处设置转动下连接槽,所述转轴的两端套设有轴承,所述转动上连接槽和所述转动下连接槽上设有对应的轴承安装槽;或者The first upper shell and the second upper shell are provided with rotating upper connecting grooves, and the first lower shell and the second lower shell are provided with rotating lower connecting grooves at positions corresponding to the rotating upper connecting grooves, Bearings are sleeved at both ends of the rotating shaft, and corresponding bearing installation grooves are provided on the rotating upper connecting groove and the rotating lower connecting groove; or
    所述第一上壳或第一下壳上设置有第三套筒,第二上壳或中壳或第二下壳上设有第一套筒,转轴的一端转动设置在所述第三套筒,另一端转动设置在所述第一套筒中。The first upper shell or the first lower shell is provided with a third sleeve, the second upper shell or the middle shell or the second lower shell is provided with a first sleeve, and one end of the rotating shaft is rotatably arranged on the third sleeve. The other end is rotatably arranged in the first sleeve.
  30. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于,所述第一部件组包括第一控制板,所述第二部件组包括第二控制板;所述第一控制板设置所述第一上 壳和所述第一下壳之间;所述第二控制板设置在所述中壳和所述第二下壳之间;所述第一控制板与所述第一上壳或所述第一下壳固定连接;所述第二控制板与所述第二上壳或所述中壳或所述第二下壳固定连接。The balance car of claim 1, wherein the first component group includes a first control panel, the second component group includes a second control panel; the first control panel is disposed on the first upper shell and the first lower shell; the second control board is arranged between the middle shell and the second lower shell; the first control board and the first upper shell or the first The lower shell is fixedly connected; the second control board is fixedly connected with the second upper shell or the middle shell or the second lower shell.
  31. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于,所述第二部件组包括喇叭;所述第二下壳内设置喇叭安装槽,所述喇叭设置在所述喇叭安装槽内。The balance car according to claim 1, wherein the second component group comprises a horn; a horn mounting groove is provided in the second lower shell, and the horn is arranged in the horn mounting groove.
  32. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于,还包括总开关,所述第二下壳内侧设置总开关安装孔,所述总开关设置所述总开关安装孔内。The balance car according to claim 1, further comprising a main switch, a main switch installation hole is arranged inside the second lower shell, and the main switch is arranged in the main switch installation hole.
  33. 如权利要求1所述的平衡车,其特征在于,还包括提手;所述提手设置在第一车体和第二车体的连接处;所述提手包括分离设置的第一部和第二部,所述第一部、所述第二部以及所述第一车体和所述第二车体形成提手腔。The balance vehicle according to claim 1, further comprising a handle; the handle is provided at the connection between the first vehicle body and the second vehicle body; the handle comprises a first part and a The second part, the first part, the second part, and the first body and the second body form a handle cavity.
PCT/CN2021/110757 2020-08-07 2021-08-05 Self-balancing vehicle WO2022028509A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010790099.5A CN111891278A (en) 2020-08-07 2020-08-07 Balance car
CN202010790099.5 2020-08-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022028509A1 true WO2022028509A1 (en) 2022-02-10

Family

ID=73247381

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/110757 WO2022028509A1 (en) 2020-08-07 2021-08-05 Self-balancing vehicle

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN112407124B (en)
WO (1) WO2022028509A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN211568196U (en) * 2020-01-03 2020-09-25 浙江阿尔郎科技有限公司 Balance car pivot and balance car subassembly
CN112407124B (en) * 2020-08-07 2023-03-24 浙江阿尔郎科技有限公司 Balance car

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104958894A (en) * 2014-06-13 2015-10-07 杭州骑客智能科技有限公司 Self-balancing electric vehicle
CN105539672A (en) * 2015-12-30 2016-05-04 王宏斌 Electric balance two-wheeled vehicle
CN105667661A (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-06-15 何武 Electric balance vehicle and resetting method thereof
CN205345231U (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-06-29 何武 Electrodynamic balance car
CN205345263U (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-06-29 何武 Electrodynamic balance car and power module thereof
CN205345232U (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-06-29 何武 Electrodynamic balance car
CN205345210U (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-06-29 何武 Electrodynamic balance car and footboard system thereof
WO2016179546A1 (en) * 2015-05-06 2016-11-10 Matthew Waxman Handless transport vehicle
CN205737858U (en) * 2016-05-11 2016-11-30 何武 Electrodynamic balance car and axle sleeve
CN208306853U (en) * 2018-04-19 2019-01-01 深圳市周武科技有限公司 A kind of electrodynamic balance vehicle
US20190077479A1 (en) * 2017-04-01 2019-03-14 Razor Usa Llc Electric balance vehicles
CN111891278A (en) * 2020-08-07 2020-11-06 浙江阿尔郎科技有限公司 Balance car

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105416467A (en) * 2015-12-14 2016-03-23 卢南方 Self-balance double-wheel electric scooter
CN105416468A (en) * 2015-12-24 2016-03-23 青岛行者智能科技有限公司 Light two-wheel balance vehicle for children
CN105857500B (en) * 2016-06-06 2018-10-12 尚艳燕 A kind of electrodynamic balance vehicle
CN105857457B (en) * 2016-06-06 2018-12-07 尚艳燕 A kind of electrodynamic balance vehicle
WO2018113070A1 (en) * 2016-12-22 2018-06-28 Razor Usa Llc An intelligent balance vehicle
CN209889035U (en) * 2019-01-28 2020-01-03 浙江涛涛车业股份有限公司 Balance car
CN210707755U (en) * 2019-05-09 2020-06-09 浙江阿尔郎科技有限公司 Balance car
CN210101882U (en) * 2019-06-25 2020-02-21 浙江阿尔郎科技有限公司 Balance car casing and balance car

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104958894A (en) * 2014-06-13 2015-10-07 杭州骑客智能科技有限公司 Self-balancing electric vehicle
WO2016179546A1 (en) * 2015-05-06 2016-11-10 Matthew Waxman Handless transport vehicle
CN105539672A (en) * 2015-12-30 2016-05-04 王宏斌 Electric balance two-wheeled vehicle
CN105667661A (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-06-15 何武 Electric balance vehicle and resetting method thereof
CN205345231U (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-06-29 何武 Electrodynamic balance car
CN205345263U (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-06-29 何武 Electrodynamic balance car and power module thereof
CN205345232U (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-06-29 何武 Electrodynamic balance car
CN205345210U (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-06-29 何武 Electrodynamic balance car and footboard system thereof
CN205737858U (en) * 2016-05-11 2016-11-30 何武 Electrodynamic balance car and axle sleeve
US20190077479A1 (en) * 2017-04-01 2019-03-14 Razor Usa Llc Electric balance vehicles
CN208306853U (en) * 2018-04-19 2019-01-01 深圳市周武科技有限公司 A kind of electrodynamic balance vehicle
CN111891278A (en) * 2020-08-07 2020-11-06 浙江阿尔郎科技有限公司 Balance car

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111891278A (en) 2020-11-06
CN112407124A (en) 2021-02-26
CN112407124B (en) 2023-03-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022028509A1 (en) Self-balancing vehicle
US11292547B2 (en) Self-balancing vehicle
JP2558257Y2 (en) Bicycle frame damper mechanism
CN108945235A (en) A kind of electrodynamic balance vehicle
CN107826195B (en) Novel balance car of easily mastering
CN111891279A (en) Balance car mesochite and balance car thereof
CN211223722U (en) Balance car
CN112124481A (en) Novel electrodynamic balance car of two-wheeled
CN210618343U (en) But sharing electric scooter of section quick replacement battery
CN212313770U (en) Balance car
CN216034858U (en) Two-wheeled electrodynamic balance car
CN111846081A (en) Balance car
CN213414113U (en) Balance car epitheca and balance car thereof
CN111846077A (en) Balance car
CN213414107U (en) Balance car
CN112124480A (en) Novel electric scooter
CN213892770U (en) Balance car with middle shell
CN111846079A (en) Balance car
CN213292576U (en) Balance car
CN110562373A (en) Balance car body structure and balance car using same
CN111846080A (en) Balance car
CN213705663U (en) Balance car
CN214451514U (en) Shock attenuation footboard
CN110027657B (en) Electric balance car
CN213109643U (en) Balance car

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21852658

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21852658

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1